TW201741370A - Polyimide film and process for producing same - Google Patents

Polyimide film and process for producing same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201741370A
TW201741370A TW106107591A TW106107591A TW201741370A TW 201741370 A TW201741370 A TW 201741370A TW 106107591 A TW106107591 A TW 106107591A TW 106107591 A TW106107591 A TW 106107591A TW 201741370 A TW201741370 A TW 201741370A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
bis
acid
group
solvent
Prior art date
Application number
TW106107591A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Yasutoshi Ito
Takashi Nanjiyou
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=59901189&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=TW201741370(A) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Konica Minolta Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Inc
Publication of TW201741370A publication Critical patent/TW201741370A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C41/00Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C41/24Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor for making articles of indefinite length
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/01Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients characterized by their specific function
    • C08K3/013Fillers, pigments or reinforcing additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2207/00Properties characterising the ingredient of the composition
    • C08L2207/20Recycled plastic

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Processes Of Treating Macromolecular Substances (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of: providing a polyimide film that has satisfactory transportability and has little plane-direction unevenness in haze; and providing a process for producing the polyimide film. The process of the present invention is for producing a polyimide film comprising fine inorganic particles and a polyimide which dissolves in 100 g of dimethylacetamide or 100 g of [gamma]-butyrolactone at 60 DEG C in an amount of 1 g or larger, and is characterized by comprising: a step in which a mixture comprising the polyimide and the fine inorganic particles is prepared; a step in which a dope comprising the mixture, the polyimide, and a solvent is prepared; a step in which the dope is cast on a support to form a film; a step in which the film is separated from the support; and a drying step in which the separated film is dried.

Description

聚亞醯胺薄膜以及其製造方法 Polyimide film and method of producing the same

本發明為有關一種聚亞醯胺薄膜及其之製造方法,更詳細而言,為有關一種具有良好的運送性,且,於面方向之濁度值具有較低偏差的聚亞醯胺薄膜以及其之製造方法。 The present invention relates to a polyimide film and a method for producing the same, and more particularly to a polyimide film having good transportability and having a low variation in haze value in the plane direction and Its manufacturing method.

影像顯示裝置已日漸進行大型化。近年來,特別是電視放映機的進入大型化,故於搬入房間時常需要求可彎曲的電視放映機,或不使用時可以捲曲狀態下存放的電視放映機(可撓式電視放映機)。又,曲面型電視放映機(Curve TV)之需要也日漸增加。 Image display devices have been increasing in size. In recent years, in particular, the size of television projectors has increased, so that it is often necessary to require a flexible television projector when moving into a room, or a television projector (flexible television projector) that can be stored in a curled state when not in use. In addition, the demand for curved TV projectors (Curve TV) is increasing.

此外,對於攜帶用途的中型影像顯示裝置或小型影像顯示裝置,可以折疊方式攜帶的影像顯示裝置的需求也日漸增加。因此,該些影像顯示裝置對於可撓式顯示器之需求也日漸提高。 In addition, for medium-sized image display devices or small-sized image display devices for portable use, the demand for image display devices that can be carried in a folded manner is also increasing. Therefore, the demand for flexible display devices of these image display devices is also increasing.

聚亞醯胺因具有優良的耐撓曲性或高彈性率,故已有開始研究是否可作為上述可撓式顯示器之用途(例如,參照非專利文獻1)。 Polyimide has been found to be useful as the above-mentioned flexible display because it has excellent flex resistance or high modulus of elasticity (for example, refer to Non-Patent Document 1).

又,伴隨顯示器之大型化,也對薄膜尋求寬廣化、長方形化。 Further, as the size of the display has increased, the film has been sought to be wider and rectangular.

但是,聚亞醯胺薄膜,於使其長方形化而捲取為滾筒狀時,於薄膜間會產生沾黏之問題,故會有造成運送性劣化、薄膜面產生缺陷而造成平面性劣化之問題。 However, when the polyimide film is rounded and wound into a roll shape, there is a problem of sticking between the films, which may cause deterioration in conveyability and defects in the film surface to cause flatness deterioration. .

為防止沾黏,已有考慮添加無機微粒子增加平滑性之研究,但於聚亞醯胺薄膜中添加無機微粒子時,與其他之樹脂相比較時,因容易使薄膜的濁度升高,而會產生不適合作為顯示器用途之問題。 In order to prevent sticking, it has been considered to add inorganic fine particles to increase the smoothness. However, when inorganic fine particles are added to a polyimide film, when the turbidity of the film is easily increased, it is likely to be increased compared with other resins. Produces problems that are not suitable for use as a display.

又,製作聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,主要有2種方法。第一個方法為使聚亞醯胺前驅體的聚醯胺酸系化合物之溶液延流於支撐體上而形成薄膜,隨後於支撐體上進行閉環反應,而製得所期待的聚亞醯胺薄膜之方法。第二個方法為,於調液釜中使聚醯胺酸進行閉環反應,而製得對溶劑為可溶性之聚亞醯胺樹脂(以下,亦稱為可溶性聚亞醯胺),再將該可溶性聚亞醯胺樹脂再溶解於溶劑中,延流於支撐體上而製得聚亞醯胺薄膜之方法(例如,參照專利文獻1)。 Further, there are mainly two methods for producing a polyimide film. The first method is to form a film by allowing a solution of a polyamidoline-based compound of a polyamidoamine precursor to be formed on a support, and then performing a ring closure reaction on the support to obtain a desired polyamine. The method of film. The second method is to carry out a ring closure reaction of polylysine in a liquid adjusting tank to obtain a polyamidamide resin (hereinafter, also referred to as soluble polyamidamine) which is soluble in a solvent, and then dissolve the solvent. A method in which a polymethyleneamine resin is redissolved in a solvent and allowed to flow on a support to obtain a polyimide film (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

使前者的聚醯胺酸系化合物之溶液延流於支撐體上之方法中,就使延流於支撐體上後,得以進行閉環反應之觀點,而必須進行對薄膜高溫處理之步驟。但是,使用後者的可溶性聚亞醯胺樹脂之方法,因於反應溶液中進行閉環反應,故並不具有進行如前者等之對薄膜的高溫處理之步驟。因此,可對應於顯示器用途所要求的高平面 性或光學物性的均衡性。 In the method of allowing the solution of the former polyamic acid-based compound to be carried out on the support, the reaction of the closed-loop reaction is carried out after the flow is carried out on the support, and the step of high-temperature treatment of the film is necessary. However, the method of using the latter of the soluble polyamidamide resin does not have a step of performing high-temperature treatment of the film as in the former because the ring-closing reaction is carried out in the reaction solution. Therefore, it can correspond to the high plane required for display use. The balance of sexual or optical properties.

其中,本發明者對於可溶性聚亞醯胺薄膜中,混合無機微粒子而製造長捲筒的方法進行各種研究。 Among them, the inventors of the present invention conducted various studies on a method of producing a long roll by mixing inorganic fine particles in a soluble polyamidamine film.

但,於可溶性聚亞醯胺薄膜中,混合無機微粒子而製造長捲筒時,發現會於薄膜之面方向產生濁度之偏差,而使濁度值的標準偏差升高等,使用可溶性聚亞醯胺製得薄膜時所特有的問題。 However, when a long roll is produced by mixing inorganic fine particles in a soluble polyimine film, it is found that a turbidity deviation occurs in the direction of the film surface, and the standard deviation of the turbidity value is increased, etc., using soluble polytheneamine. A problem unique to the film produced.

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]特開2015-021022號公報 [Patent Document 1] JP-A-2015-021022

[非專利文獻] [Non-patent literature]

[非專利文獻1]NHK技研著「R & D/No.145」 2014.5 p12-15 [Non-Patent Document 1] NHK Technology Research Institute "R & D/No.145" 2014.5 p12-15

本發明為鑑於上述問題‧狀況所提出者,其解決問題之方式,為提供一種於將長薄膜捲取為滾筒狀時,具有良好的運送性,且薄膜的面方向之濁度值具有較低偏差的聚亞醯胺薄膜。並提供一種該聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法。 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and a solution to the problem is to provide a good transportability when the long film is wound into a roll shape, and the haze value of the film in the surface direction is low. Deviated polythene film. A method of producing the polyamidamine film is also provided.

為解決本發明的上述問題,於研究上述問題的原因等之過程中,發現預先調製混合可溶性聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子的混合物,再將該混合物與新的可溶性聚亞醯胺混合而製得摻雜物,再將溶液進行延流之方式,即可製得具有良好的運送性、薄膜的面方向之濁度值具有較低偏差的聚亞醯胺薄膜,因而完成本發明。 In order to solve the above problems of the present invention, in the course of studying the causes of the above problems, it has been found that a mixture of mixed soluble polyamidos and inorganic fine particles is prepared in advance, and the mixture is mixed with a new soluble polyamine. The dopant can be subjected to a flow of the solution to obtain a polyimide film having good transportability and a low turbidity value in the surface direction of the film, and thus the present invention has been completed.

即,本發明的問題,可依以下之手段而解決。 That is, the problem of the present invention can be solved by the following means.

1.一種聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其為一含有於60℃中,相對於二甲基乙醯胺100g或γ-丁內酯100g為溶解1g以上的聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其特徵為,包含準備一含有前述聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的混合物之步驟、製造含有前述混合物與前述聚亞醯胺與溶劑的摻雜物之步驟、使前述摻雜物延流於支撐體上而形成膜之步驟、將前述膜由支撐體剝離之步驟,及將剝離後之膜進行乾燥之乾燥步驟。 A method for producing a polyimide film, which comprises dissolving 1 g or more of polymethyleneamine and inorganic fine particles with respect to 100 g of dimethylacetamide or 100 g of γ-butyrolactone at 60 ° C. A method for producing a polyimide film, comprising the steps of: preparing a mixture containing the polyimine and the inorganic fine particles, and preparing a dopant containing the mixture and the polyamine and a solvent; a step of forming a film by stretching the dopant onto the support, a step of peeling the film from the support, and a drying step of drying the film after peeling.

2.如第1項所記載之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其中,前述混合物為,將含有前述聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的聚亞醯胺薄膜予以破碎而得之破碎品。 2. The method for producing a polyimide film according to the above aspect, wherein the mixture is a crushed product obtained by crushing a polyimine film containing the polyimine and the inorganic fine particles.

3.如第1項所記載之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其中,前述混合物為,含有前述聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子與溶劑之摻雜物。 3. The method for producing a polyimide film according to the above aspect, wherein the mixture contains a dopant of the polyimine and the inorganic fine particles and a solvent.

4.如第1項至第3項中任一項所記載之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其中,前述混合物為,相對於所製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜,為含有10~70質量%之質量比例。 4. The method for producing a polyimide film according to any one of the items 1 to 3, wherein the mixture contains 10 to 70 masses based on the obtained polyimide film. % of the mass ratio.

5.一種聚亞醯胺薄膜,其特徵為,含有於60℃中,相對於二甲基乙醯胺100g或γ-丁基內酯100g為溶解1g以上的聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子,且面方向之濁度值的標準偏差為1以下。 A polyamidamine film which is characterized in that it contains at least 1 g of polyimide and inorganic fine particles with respect to 100 g of dimethylacetamide or 100 g of γ-butyl lactone at 60 ° C, and The standard deviation of the haze value in the plane direction is 1 or less.

依本發明之上述手段,可提供一種具有良好的薄膜運送性、薄膜的面方向之濁度值的偏差較低之聚亞醯胺薄膜。且提供一種該聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法。 According to the above means of the present invention, it is possible to provide a polyimide film which has good film transportability and a low variation in haze value in the surface direction of the film. A method of producing the polyamidamine film is also provided.

本發明之效果的產生機制至作用機制,雖未完全明確,但推測應為以下之內容。 Although the mechanism of action of the effect of the present invention to the mechanism of action is not completely clear, it is presumed to be the following.

將聚醯胺酸進行溶液延流方式的聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法中,推測因延流時尚未完成閉環反應,故於製膜時會生成化學反應。因此,經由反應而使樹脂容易形成配向,而可使無機粒子於樹脂分子鏈與樹脂分子鏈之縫隙間以比較均勻的分佈狀態下形成薄膜。 In the method for producing a polyamimid film in which a polyaminic acid is subjected to a solution-draining method, it is presumed that a ring-closing reaction has not been completed at the time of the precipitation, so that a chemical reaction is formed at the time of film formation. Therefore, the resin is easily formed into an alignment by the reaction, and the inorganic particles can be formed into a film in a relatively uniform distribution state between the resin molecular chain and the gap of the resin molecular chain.

但是,使用可溶性聚亞醯胺的聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法中,推測因延流時已經形成閉環的聚亞醯胺之化學構造,故於延流時,樹脂將更不易形成配向,而容易受到樹脂的極性等化學組成內容之影響。因此,混合的無機微粒子容易產生偏移,而於面方向容易產生濁度之偏 差。 However, in the method for producing a polyimide film using a soluble polyamidamine, it is presumed that the chemical structure of the closed-loop polyamine is formed at the time of the extension, so that the resin is more difficult to form an alignment when the flow is extended. It is easily affected by the chemical composition such as the polarity of the resin. Therefore, the mixed inorganic fine particles are prone to shift, and the turbidity is likely to occur in the plane direction. difference.

本發明中,為準備預先於可溶性聚亞醯胺中混合無機微粒子而得之混合物,再將其與新的可溶性聚亞醯胺混合而製得摻雜物後,再進行延流。推測經預先於可溶性聚亞醯胺中混合無機微粒子之方式,可使無機微粒子之週邊與可溶性聚亞醯胺樹脂產生纏結,故對新的可溶性聚亞醯胺更容易結合,故即使延流時新的可溶性聚亞醯胺形成配向,但無機微粒子的偏移也較少。因此,薄膜之面方向的濁度之偏差亦較少。 In the present invention, in order to prepare a mixture obtained by mixing inorganic fine particles in a soluble polyimide, and mixing it with a new soluble polyamine, a dopant is prepared, and then a flow is carried out. It is presumed that the inorganic fine particles are mixed with the soluble polyamidamide resin in advance by mixing the inorganic fine particles in the soluble polyamidamine, so that the new soluble polyamidoamine is more easily combined, so even the flow is allowed to flow. The new soluble polyamines form an alignment, but the migration of inorganic microparticles is also less. Therefore, the deviation of the turbidity in the direction of the surface of the film is also small.

如上所述般,準備預先於可溶性聚亞醯胺中混合無機微粒子而製得之混合物,再將其與新的可溶性聚亞醯胺混合而製得摻雜物後,再進行延流結果,於可溶性聚亞醯胺薄膜技術中,為首先製得面方向之濁度值的標準偏差為1以下的聚亞醯胺薄膜。 As described above, a mixture prepared by mixing inorganic fine particles in a soluble polyiminamide is prepared, and then mixed with a new soluble polyamidamine to prepare a dopant, and then the flow is carried out. In the soluble polyamidide thin film technique, a polyimide film having a standard deviation of a haze value in the plane direction of 1 or less is first obtained.

[實施發明之形態] [Formation of the Invention]

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法為,一種含有於60℃中,相對於二甲基乙醯胺100g或γ-丁內酯100g為溶解1g以上的聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子的聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其特徵為包含 The method for producing a polyamidamine film of the present invention comprises a method of dissolving polyglycolide and inorganic fine particles of 1 g or more with respect to 100 g of dimethylacetamide or 100 g of γ-butyrolactone at 60 ° C. A method for producing a melamine film, characterized by comprising

準備一含有前述聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的混合物之步驟、製造含有前述混合物與前述聚亞醯胺與溶劑的摻雜物之步驟、使前述摻雜物延流於支撐體上而形成膜之步驟、將前述膜由支撐體剝離之步驟、將剝離後之膜進行乾 燥之乾燥步驟的聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法。此特徵於各請求項的發明中係屬共通的技術特徵。 Preparing a step of preparing a mixture containing the mixture of the polyiminamide and the inorganic fine particles, preparing a dopant containing the mixture and the polyamine and the solvent, and allowing the dopant to be formed on the support to form a film a step of peeling the film from the support, and drying the film after peeling A method for producing a polyimide film of a drying step. This feature is a common technical feature in the invention of each claim.

本發明之實施態樣中,前述混合物為,將含有前述聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的聚亞醯胺薄膜予以破碎而得之破碎品,其就面方向的濁度值之偏差較小之觀點而為較佳。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the mixture is a crushed product obtained by crushing a polyimine film containing the polyimine and the inorganic fine particles, and the deviation of the turbidity value in the plane direction is small. The point of view is preferred.

又,前述混合物為,含有前述聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子與溶劑之摻雜物,就面方向的濁度值之偏差較小之觀點而為較佳。 Moreover, it is preferable that the mixture contains a dopant of the polyimide and the inorganic fine particles and a solvent, and the difference in the haze value in the plane direction is small.

此外,前述混合物為,相對於所製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜,為含有10~70質量%之質量比例者,就運送性與面方向的濁度值之偏差的觀點而為較佳。 In addition, it is preferable that the mixture has a mass ratio of 10 to 70% by mass with respect to the obtained polyimide film, and the difference between the transportability and the haze value in the plane direction is preferable.

以下,將對本發明及其構成要素,及實施本發明之形態‧態樣作詳細之說明。又,本申請案中,「~」為包含將其前後所記載之數值作為下限值及上限值之意義使用者。 Hereinafter, the present invention and its constituent elements, and aspects of the invention will be described in detail. In addition, in the present application, "~" is a user who includes the numerical values described before and after the lower limit value and the upper limit value.

<本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜之概要> <Summary of Polyimine Film of the Present Invention>

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜,為含有以可溶性聚亞醯胺為主成份之聚亞醯胺薄膜。可溶性之基準為,於60℃中,相對於二甲基乙醯胺100g或γ-丁內酯100g為溶解1g以上者為佳。 The polyamidamine film of the present invention is a polyimine film containing a soluble polyamidamine as a main component. The solubility is based on 100 g of dimethylacetamide or 100 g of γ-butyrolactone at 60 ° C, preferably 1 g or more.

本發明中,含有聚亞醯胺作為主成份之意,為表示薄膜中的聚亞醯胺的總量為50質量%以上之意。 較佳為80質量%以上之意。 In the present invention, the term "polyimine" as a main component means that the total amount of polyamidene in the film is 50% by mass or more. It is preferably 80% by mass or more.

<聚亞醯胺> <polyamidamine>

本發明的聚亞醯胺,為具有醯亞胺構造之樹脂(以下,亦稱為聚亞醯胺樹脂)、重複單位中含有醯亞胺鍵結之樹脂。聚亞醯胺,以由二胺或其衍生物與酸酐或其衍生物所形成者為佳。 The polymethyleneamine of the present invention is a resin having a quinone imine structure (hereinafter, also referred to as a polyarylene resin), and a resin containing a quinone bond in a repeating unit. The polyamine is preferably formed from a diamine or a derivative thereof and an acid anhydride or a derivative thereof.

本發明之較佳的聚亞醯胺,可列舉如,具有下述式(1.1)所表示之結構的聚亞醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醚醯亞胺,及聚酯醯亞胺等。 The polyimine of the present invention may, for example, be a polyamidoamine, a polyamidimide, a polyether quinone, or a polyester phthalate having a structure represented by the following formula (1.1). Amines, etc.

(1)具有式(1.1)所表示之結構的聚亞醯胺 (1) Polyimine having a structure represented by formula (1.1) (1.1)酸酐側之結構 (1.1) Structure of the anhydride side

本發明所可使用的聚亞醯胺,特別是以具有下述式(1.1)所表示之重複單位的聚亞醯胺為佳。 The polyiminamide which can be used in the present invention is particularly preferably a polyarylene which has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1.1).

式(1.1)中,R表示芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環,或,碳數4~39之4價之脂肪族烴基或脂環式烴基。A 表示碳數2~39之2價之脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、芳香族烴基,或該些之組合所形成之基,又,可含有由-O-、-SO2-、-CO-、-CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、-OSi(CH3)2-、-C2H4O-及-S-所成之群所選出之至少一個之基作為鍵結基。 In the formula (1.1), R represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, or a tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 39 carbon atoms. A represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 39 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group formed by the combination thereof, and may further contain -O-, -SO 2 -, -CO At least one selected from the group consisting of -, -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -OSi(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C 2 H 4 O-, and -S- as a bond base.

R所表示之芳香族烴環,例如,茀環、苯環、聯苯環、萘環、薁環、蒽環、菲環、芘環、1,2-苯并菲環、並四苯環、三亞苯環、o-三聯苯環、m-三聯苯環、p-三聯苯環、苊萘(acenaphthene)環、蔻(coronene)環、熒蒽環、並四苯環、並五苯環、苝環、2,3,6,7-二苯并菲環、苉環、芘環、皮蒽環、蒽嵌蒽(Anthanthrene)環等。 An aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by R, for example, an anthracene ring, a benzene ring, a biphenyl ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a 1,2-benzophenanthrene ring, a tetracene ring, Triphenylene ring, o-terphenyl ring, m-triphenyl ring, p-triphenyl ring, acenaphthene ring, coronene ring, fluoranthene ring, tetracene ring, pentacene ring, fluorene Ring, 2,3,6,7-dibenzophenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, anthraquinone ring, skin ring, anthonyne ring, etc.

又,同樣的,R所表示之芳香族雜環,例如,噻咯(siloles)環、呋喃環、噻吩環、噁唑環、吡咯環、吡啶環、嗒環、嘧啶環、吡環、三環、噁二唑環、三唑環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噻唑環、吲哚環、苯併咪唑環、苯併噻唑環、苯併噁唑環、喹噁啉(quinoxaline)環、喹唑啉環、呔環、噻吩並噻吩(Thienothiophene)環、咔唑環、氮雜咔唑環(構成咔唑環的碳原子中之任意一個以上被氮原子所取代者)、二苯併噻咯(siloles)環、二苯併呋喃環、二苯併噻吩環、苯併噻吩環或構成二苯併呋喃環的碳原子中之任意一個以上被氮原子所取代之環、苯併二呋喃環、苯併二噻吩環、吖啶環、苯併喹啉環、啡環、啡啶環、啡啉(phenanthroline)環、環吖(cyclazine)環、喹啉環、Thebenidine環、奎尼丁(quinindoline)環、三苯二噻環、三苯二噁環、Phenanthrazine環、蒽 (anthrazine)環、嘧啶(perimidine)環、萘呋喃環、萘噻吩環、萘二呋喃環、萘二噻吩環、蒽呋喃環、蒽二呋喃環、蒽噻吩環、蒽二噻吩環、噻蒽環、啡噁噻環、二苯併咔唑環、吲哚咔唑環、二硫苯環(dithienobenzene)等。 Further, in the same manner, an aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by R, for example, a siloles ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyridine ring, or an anthracene Ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridyl Ring, three Ring, oxadiazole ring, triazole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, anthracene ring, benzimidazole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzoxazole ring, quinoxaline ring, quinolin Oxazoline ring a ring, a Thienothiophene ring, a carbazole ring, an azaindazole ring (any one or more of the carbon atoms constituting the carbazole ring is substituted by a nitrogen atom), a dibenzosilole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring or a ring of any one or more of the carbon atoms constituting the dibenzofuran ring, which is substituted by a nitrogen atom, a benzodifuran ring, a benzodithiophene ring , acridine ring, benzoquinoline ring, brown Ring, phenanthridine ring, phenanthroline ring, ring 吖 (cyclazine) ring, quinoline ring, Thebenidine ring, quinindoline ring, triphenyldithiazide Ring, triphenyl dioxine Ring, Phenanthrazine ring, 蒽 (anthrazine) ring, perimidine ring, naphthofuran ring, naphthylthiophene ring, naphthalene difuran ring, naphthalene dithiophene ring, furfuran ring, fluorene furan ring, thiophene ring, quinone dithiophene ring, thioindole ring , phenothiazine, dibenzoxazole ring, carbazole ring, dithienobenzene and the like.

R所表示之碳數4~39的4價之脂肪族烴基,可列舉如,丁烷-1,1,4,4-四基-基、辛烷-1,1,8,8-四基-基、癸烷-1,1,10,10-四基-基等的基。 The tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 39 carbon atoms represented by R, for example, butane-1,1,4,4-tetrayl-yl, octane-1,1,8,8-tetrayl a group of a group, a decane-1, a 1,10,10-tetrayl- group or the like.

又,R所表示之碳數4~39的4價之脂環式烴基,可列舉如,環丁烷-1,2,3,4-四基-基、環戊烷-1,2,4,5-四基-基、環己烷-1,2,4,5-四基-基、雙環〔2.2.2〕辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四基-基、雙環〔2.2.2〕辛烷-2,3,5,6-四基-基、3,3’,4,4’-二環己基四基-基、3,6-二甲基環己烷-1,2,4,5-四基-基、3,6-二苯基環己烷-1,2,4,5-四基-基等的基。 Further, the tetravalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 39 carbon atoms represented by R may, for example, be cyclobutane-1,2,3,4-tetrayl-yl or cyclopentane-1, 2, 4 ,5-tetraki-yl, cyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetrayl-yl, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetrayl-yl, Bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-2,3,5,6-tetrayl-yl, 3,3',4,4'-dicyclohexyltetraki-yl, 3,6-dimethylcyclohexane a group of -1,2,4,5-tetraki-yl, 3,6-diphenylcyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetrayl-yl or the like.

具有或不具有A所表示之上述鍵結基的碳數2~39的2價之脂肪族烴基,可列舉如,下述結構式所表示之基等。 The divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 39 carbon atoms, which may or may not have the above-mentioned bonding group, may be, for example, a group represented by the following structural formula.

上述結構式中,n表示重複單位之數,又以1~5為佳,以1~3為較佳。又,X為碳數1~3之烷二 基,即,伸甲基、伸乙基、伸三甲基、丙烷-1,2-二基,又以伸甲基為佳。 In the above structural formula, n represents the number of repeating units, preferably 1 to 5, and preferably 1 to 3. Also, X is a carbon number of 1 to 3 The base, that is, the methyl group, the ethyl group, the trimethyl group, the propane-1,2-diyl group, and the methyl group is preferred.

具有或不具有A所表示之上述鍵結基的碳數2~39的2價之脂環式烴基,可列舉如,下述結構式所表示之基等。 The divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 39 carbon atoms, which may or may not have the above-mentioned bond group, may be, for example, a group represented by the following structural formula.

具有或不具有Φ所表示之上述鍵結基的碳數2~39之2價之芳香族烴基,可列舉如,下述結構式所表示之基等。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 2 to 39 and having the above bond group represented by Φ may be, for example, a group represented by the following structural formula.

由A所表示之脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基及芳香族烴基之組合所形成之基,可列舉如,下述結構式所表示之基等。 The group formed by the combination of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the alicyclic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by A may, for example, be a group represented by the following structural formula.

A所表示之基,可列舉如,具有鍵結基之碳數 2~39的2價之芳香族烴基,又以該芳香族烴基與脂肪族烴基之組合為佳,特別是以以下之結構式所表示之基為佳。 The base represented by A, for example, the number of carbons having a bonding group The divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group of 2 to 39 is preferably a combination of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and particularly preferably a group represented by the following structural formula.

本發明所使用之酸酐,以羧酸酐、脂肪族或脂環式四羧酸之衍生物為佳,例如,脂肪族或脂環式四羧酸酯類、脂肪族或脂環式四羧酸二酐等。又,脂肪族或脂環式四羧酸或其衍生物之中,又以脂環式四羧酸二酐為佳。 The acid anhydride used in the present invention is preferably a derivative of a carboxylic anhydride, an aliphatic or an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid, for example, an aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid ester, an aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid Anhydride, etc. Further, among the aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferred.

又,衍生物係指,變化為脂肪族或脂環式四羧酸之化合物,例如,為脂肪族四羧酸二酐時,可適當地使用具有2個羧基的化合物替代該無水物、該二個羧基中的一者或二者被酯化之酯化物的化合物,或該些二個羧基中的一者或二者被氯化的酸氯化物等。 Further, the derivative means a compound which is changed to an aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid. For example, when it is an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, a compound having two carboxyl groups may be suitably used instead of the anhydrate. a compound in which one or both of the carboxyl groups are esterified, or an acid chloride in which one or both of the two carboxyl groups are chlorinated.

使用該些醯化合物時,可製得具有高耐熱性 及優良的光學特性,且著色(黃變)較低的聚亞醯胺薄膜。 High heat resistance can be obtained by using these antimony compounds And a polyimide film having excellent optical properties and a low coloration (yellowing).

脂肪族四羧酸,例如,1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸等。脂環式四羧酸,例如,1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸、1,2,4,5-環戊烷四羧酸、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸、雙環〔2.2.2〕辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸、雙環〔2.2.2〕辛烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸等。 An aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid, for example, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid or the like. An alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid, for example, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexane Tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid and the like.

脂肪族四羧酸酯類,例如,上述脂肪族四羧酸之單烷酯、二烷酯、三烷酯、四烷酯等。脂環式四羧酸酯類,例如,上述脂環式四羧酸之單烷酯、二烷酯、三烷酯、四烷酯等。又,烷基部位以碳數1~5之烷基為佳,以碳數1~3之烷基為較佳。 The aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid ester is, for example, a monoalkyl ester, a dialkyl ester, a trialkyl ester or a tetraalkyl ester of the above aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid. The alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid ester is, for example, a monoalkyl ester, a dialkyl ester, a trialkyl ester or a tetraalkyl ester of the above alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid. Further, the alkyl moiety is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

脂肪族四羧酸二酐,例如,1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐等。脂環式四羧酸二酐,例如,1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-環戊烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、雙環〔2.2.2〕辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、雙環〔2.2.2〕辛烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐等。特佳為1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐。一般而言,作為脂肪族二胺的構成成份之聚亞醯胺,因中間產物的聚醯胺酸與二胺會形成強固的鹽,故欲進行高分子量化時,以使用鹽之溶解性較高之溶劑(例如甲酚、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、γ-丁內酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等)為佳。其中,作為脂肪族二胺的構成成份之聚亞醯胺,於作為1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐之構成成份時,因聚醯胺酸與二胺之鹽為以較弱的鍵結連結,故容易進行高分子量化,而容易製得可撓式的薄膜。 The aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is, for example, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride or the like. An alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4 , 5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo [2.2.2] oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo [2.2.2] octane-2,3 , 5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like. Particularly preferred is 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride. In general, as the constituent component of the aliphatic diamine, the polyamine of the intermediate product forms a strong salt due to the polyamine of the intermediate product, and therefore, when the polymer is to be polymerized, the solubility of the salt is higher. A high solvent (e.g., cresol, N,N-dimethylacetamide, γ-butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc.) is preferred. Among them, as a constituent component of the aliphatic diamine, when it is a constituent of 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, the salt of polyglycine and diamine is Since it is connected by a weak bond, it is easy to carry out high molecular weight, and it is easy to produce a flexible film.

其他,例如,可使用4,4’-聯苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-(六氟異亞丙基)二苯二甲酸酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧代二苯二甲酸酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐、4-(2,5-二氧雜四氫呋喃-3-基)-1,2,3,4-四氫萘-1,2-二羧酸酐、5-(2,5-二氧雜四氫呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯碸四羧酸二酐、3,4’-氧代二苯二甲酸酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐(PIGMENT RED 224)1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐三環〔6.4.0.02,7〕十二烷-1,8:2,7-四羧酸二酐等。 Others, for example, 4,4'-diphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylate can be used. Acid dianhydride, 4,4'- oxydiphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylate Acid dianhydride, 4-(2,5-dioxatetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 5-(2,5-dioxo Heterotetrahydrofuranyl-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4'-oxo Diphthalic anhydride, 3,4,9,10-decanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (PIGMENT RED 224) 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylate Acid dianhydride tricyclo [6.4.0.0 2,7 ] dodecane-1,8:2,7-tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the like.

又,亦可使用具有茀骨架的酸酐或其衍生物。其具有改善聚亞醯胺特有著色之效果。具有茀骨架的酸酐,例如,可使用9,9-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)茀酸二酐、9,9-雙〔4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基〕茀酸二酐、9,9-雙〔4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)-3-苯基苯基〕茀酸二酐等。 Further, an acid anhydride having an anthracene skeleton or a derivative thereof can also be used. It has the effect of improving the specific coloration of polyamidoamine. An acid anhydride having an anthracene skeleton, for example, 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)decanoic acid dianhydride, 9,9-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)benzene can be used. And hexanoic acid dianhydride, 9,9-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)-3-phenylphenyl]nonanoic acid dianhydride, and the like.

芳香族、脂肪族或脂環式四羧酸或其衍生物,可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上合併使用。又,只要不會損及聚亞醯胺的溶劑可溶性、聚亞醯胺薄膜之柔韌性、熱壓著性、透明性之範圍,亦可併用其他的四羧酸或其衍生物(特別是二酐)。 The aromatic, aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid or a derivative thereof may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, other tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof (especially two may be used in combination as long as they do not impair the solvent solubility of polyamine, the flexibility of the polyimide film, the hot pressability, and the transparency. anhydride).

前述其他的四羧酸或其衍生物,例如,苯均四酸、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)-1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(2,3- 二羧基苯基)-1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟丙烷、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)碸、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)醚、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)醚、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸、2,2’,3,3’-二苯甲酮四羧酸、4,4-(p-伸苯二氧基)二苯二甲酸、4,4-(m-伸苯二氧基)二苯二甲酸、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷等之芳香族系四羧酸及該些之衍生物(特別是二酐);伸乙基四羧酸等之碳數1~3之脂肪族四羧酸及該些之衍生物(特別是二酐)等。 Other tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, for example, pyromellitic acid, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)- 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(2,3- Dicarboxyphenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)anthracene, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ether, bis ( 2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ether, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, 2,2',3,3'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, 4,4 -(p-phenylene dioxy)dicarboxylic acid, 4,4-(m-phenylenedioxy)dicarboxylic acid, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane An aromatic tetracarboxylic acid such as bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)methane or bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane and derivatives thereof (especially dianhydride); An aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid having a carbon number of 1 to 3 such as a tetracarboxylic acid or the like and a derivative thereof (particularly a dianhydride).

酸二酐,可為2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酸酐或聯苯四羧酸二酐,其就具有優良透明性之觀點,及容易經由熱收縮予以熱矯正之觀點為更佳。 The acid dianhydride may be 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride or biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, which has excellent transparency and is easily subjected to heat shrinkage. The idea of thermal correction is better.

前述式(1.1)所表示之重複單位,相對於全部的重複單位,較佳為10~100莫耳%,更佳為50~100莫耳%、更較佳為80~100莫耳%、特佳為90~100莫耳%。又,該聚亞醯胺1分子中的式(1.1)之重複單位的個數為10~2000,較佳為20~200,於該範圍中,又以玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為230~350℃為佳,以250~330℃為較佳。 The repeating unit represented by the above formula (1.1) is preferably from 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably from 50 to 100 mol%, still more preferably from 80 to 100 mol%, based on the total repeating unit. Good is 90~100%. Further, the number of repeating units of the formula (1.1) in the polyimidamine 1 molecule is from 10 to 2,000, preferably from 20 to 200, and in this range, the glass transition temperature (Tg) is 230 to 350. °C is preferred, preferably 250~330 °C.

(1.2)二胺側邊之結構 (1.2) Structure of the side of the diamine

二胺或其衍生物,例如,以芳香族二胺或異氰酸酯等為佳,以芳香族二胺為佳。 The diamine or a derivative thereof is preferably an aromatic diamine or an isocyanate, and the like, and an aromatic diamine is preferred.

本發明所使用的二胺或其衍生物,例如,芳香族二胺、脂肪族二胺或該些之混合物中之任一者皆可,但又以芳香族二胺可抑制聚亞醯胺薄膜白化之觀點,而為 較佳。 The diamine or a derivative thereof used in the present invention, for example, an aromatic diamine, an aliphatic diamine or a mixture thereof may be used, but the aromatic diamine may inhibit the polyamidide film. Whitening point of view Preferably.

又,本發明中之「芳香族二胺」為表示,胺基直接鍵結於芳香族環之二胺,其構造中之一部份可含有脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、其他的取代基(例如,鹵素原子、磺醯基、羰基、氧原子等)。「脂肪族二胺」為表示,胺基直接鍵結於脂肪族烴基或脂環式烴基之二胺,其構造中之一部份可含有芳香族烴基、其他的取代基(例如,鹵素原子、磺醯基、羰基、氧原子等)。 Further, the "aromatic diamine" in the present invention means a diamine in which an amine group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and a part of the structure may contain an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and other substituents. (for example, a halogen atom, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyl group, an oxygen atom, etc.). The "aliphatic diamine" is a diamine in which an amine group is directly bonded to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and a part of the structure may contain an aromatic hydrocarbon group or another substituent (for example, a halogen atom, Sulfonyl, carbonyl, oxygen atom, etc.).

芳香族二胺之例,例如,p-伸苯二胺、m-伸苯二胺、2,4-二胺基甲苯、2,6-二胺基甲苯、聯苯胺、o-甲苯胺、m-甲苯胺、雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、六氟聯苯胺、3,3’-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二氯-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二氟-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,6-二胺基萘、1,5-二胺基萘、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯碸、3,4’-二胺基二苯碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2,2-雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(2-甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(2-甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)碸、雙(4-(2-甲基- 4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)碸、雙(4-(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)碸、雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)醚、雙(4-(2-甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)醚、雙(4-(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)醚、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,4-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,4-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯氧基)苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-甲基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-乙基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3,5-二甲基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、α,α’-雙(4-胺基苯基)-1,4-二異丙基苯、α,α’-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯基)-1,4-二異丙基苯、α,α’-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯基)-1,4-二異丙基苯、α,α’-雙(3-胺基苯基)-1,4-二異丙基苯、α,α’-雙(4-胺基苯基)-1,3-二異丙基苯、α,α’-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯基)-1,3-二異丙基苯、α,α’-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯基)-1,3-二異丙基苯、α,α’-雙(3-胺基苯基)-1,3-二異丙基苯、1,1-雙(4-胺基苯基)環戊烷、1,1-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯基)環戊烷、1,1-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯基)環戊烷、1,1-雙(4-胺基苯基)環己烷、1,1-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯基)環己烷、1,1-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯基)環己烷、1,1-雙(4-胺基苯基)4-甲基-環己烷、1,1-雙(4-胺基苯基)降莰烷、1,1-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯基)降莰烷、1,1-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基 苯基)降莰烷、1,1-雙(4-胺基苯基)金剛烷、1,1-雙(2-甲基-4-胺基苯基)金剛烷、1,1-雙(2,6-二甲基-4-胺基苯基)金剛烷、1,4-伸苯二胺、3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2,2-雙(3-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、3-胺基苄基胺、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-甲基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、2,2-雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕丙烷、雙〔4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、1,3-雙〔2-(4-胺基苯基)-2-丙基〕苯、雙(2-胺基苯基)硫醚、雙(4-胺基苯基)硫醚、1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-伸乙基二苯胺、4,4’-伸甲基雙(環己基胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2,6-二乙基苯胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2-甲基環己基胺)等。 Examples of the aromatic diamine, for example, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, benzidine, o-toluidine, m -toluidine, bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, hexafluorobenzidine, 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4, 4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dichloro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-difluoro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,6 -diaminonaphthalene, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Methane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl hydrazine, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl hydrazine, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2,2-bis(4-(4- Aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(2-methyl-4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(2,6) -Dimethyl-4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4- (2-methyl-4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)6 Fluoropropane, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(2-methyl-4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4 '-Bis(2,6-dimethyl-4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(3-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis(4-(4-amino) Phenoxy)phenyl)indole, bis(4-(2-methyl-) 4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)indole, bis(4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)indole, bis(4-(4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl)ether, bis(4-(2-methyl-4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)ether, bis(4-(2,6-dimethyl-4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl)ether, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(2-methyl-4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(2) ,6-Dimethyl-4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(2-methyl-4-aminophenoxyl) Benzo, 1,3-bis(2,6-dimethyl-4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis (2) -Methyl-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-methyl-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-ethyl-4-aminophenyl) ) propane, 2,2-bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(2,6-dimethyl-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2 , 2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(2-methyl-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(2,6-dimethyl 4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, α,α'-bis(4-aminophenyl)-1,4-diisopropylbenzene, α,α'-bis(2-methyl- 4-aminophenyl)-1,4-diisopropylbenzene, α,α'-bis(2,6-dimethyl-4-aminophenyl)-1,4- Diisopropylbenzene, α,α'-bis(3-aminophenyl)-1,4-diisopropylbenzene, α,α'-bis(4-aminophenyl)-1,3- Diisopropylbenzene, α,α'-bis(2-methyl-4-aminophenyl)-1,3-diisopropylbenzene, α,α'-bis(2,6-dimethyl 4-aminophenyl)-1,3-diisopropylbenzene, α,α'-bis(3-aminophenyl)-1,3-diisopropylbenzene, 1,1-double ( 4-aminophenyl)cyclopentane, 1,1-bis(2-methyl-4-aminophenyl)cyclopentane, 1,1-bis(2,6-dimethyl-4-amine Phenyl)cyclopentane, 1,1-bis(4-aminophenyl)cyclohexane, 1,1-bis(2-methyl-4-aminophenyl)cyclohexane, 1,1 - bis(2,6-dimethyl-4-aminophenyl)cyclohexane, 1,1-bis(4-aminophenyl)4-methyl-cyclohexane, 1,1-double ( 4-aminophenyl)norbornane, 1,1-bis(2-methyl-4-aminophenyl)norbornane, 1,1-bis(2,6-dimethyl-4-amine base Phenyl)norbornane, 1,1-bis(4-aminophenyl)adamantane, 1,1-bis(2-methyl-4-aminophenyl)adamantane, 1,1-double ( 2,6-Dimethyl-4-aminophenyl)adamantane, 1,4-phenylenediamine, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 2,2-bis(3-amino group Phenyl) hexafluoropropane, 3-aminobenzylamine, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-methylphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy) Benzene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]anthracene, 1,3-bis[2] -(4-Aminophenyl)-2-propyl]benzene, bis(2-aminophenyl) sulfide, bis(4-aminophenyl) sulfide, 1,3-bis(3-amine Propyl)tetramethyldioxane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethyldiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4 '-Ethyl diphenylamine, 4,4'-extended methyl bis(cyclohexylamine), 4,4'-extended methyl bis(2,6-diethylaniline), 4,4'-extension Bis(2-methylcyclohexylamine) and the like.

脂肪族二胺,例如,伸乙基二胺、伸六甲基二胺、聚乙二醇雙(3-胺基丙基)醚、聚丙二醇雙(3-胺基丙基)醚、1,3-雙(胺甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(胺甲基)環己烷、m-二甲苯二胺、p-二甲苯二胺、1,4-雙(2-胺基-異丙基)苯、1,3-雙(2-胺基-異丙基)苯、異佛爾酮二胺、降莰烷二胺、矽氧烷二胺、4,4’-二胺基二環己基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二環己基甲烷、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二環己基甲烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二環己基甲烷、2,3-雙(胺甲基)-雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷、2,5-雙(胺甲基)-雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷、2,6-雙(胺甲基)-雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷、2,2-雙(4,4’-二胺基環己基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4,4’-二胺甲基環己基)丙烷等。 Aliphatic diamines, for example, ethylidene diamine, hexamethyldiamine, polyethylene glycol bis(3-aminopropyl)ether, polypropylene glycol bis(3-aminopropyl)ether, 1, 3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, m-xylenediamine, p-xylenediamine, 1,4-bis(2-amino group) -isopropyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(2-amino-isopropyl)benzene, isophoronediamine, norbornanediamine, nonanediamine, 4,4'-diamine Dicyclohexylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 2,3-bis(aminomethyl)-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5 - bis(aminomethyl)-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,6-bis(aminomethyl)-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,2-bis(4,4'-diamine Base cyclohexyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4,4'-diaminomethylcyclohexyl)propane, and the like.

又,亦可使用具有以改善聚亞醯胺特有著色為目的之茀骨架的二胺或其衍生物。例如,9,9-雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕茀、9,9-雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3-苯基苯基〕茀、9,9-雙〔4-(3-胺基苯氧基)-3-苯基苯基〕茀、9,9-雙〔4-(2-胺基苯氧基)-3-苯基苯基〕茀、9,9-雙〔4-(4-胺基-3-甲基苯氧基)-3-苯基苯基〕茀、9,9-雙〔4-(4-胺基-2-甲基苯氧基)-3-苯基苯基〕茀、9,9-雙〔4-(4-胺基-3-乙基苯氧基)-3-苯基苯基〕茀等。 Further, a diamine or a derivative thereof having an anthracene skeleton for the purpose of improving the specific coloration of polybenzamine can also be used. For example, 9,9-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]anthracene, 9,9-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3-phenylphenyl]indole 9,9-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)-3-phenylphenyl]anthracene, 9,9-bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)-3-phenyl Phenyl]anthracene, 9,9-bis[4-(4-amino-3-methylphenoxy)-3-phenylphenyl]anthracene, 9,9-bis[4-(4-amino) -2-methylphenoxy)-3-phenylphenyl]anthracene, 9,9-bis[4-(4-amino-3-ethylphenoxy)-3-phenylphenyl]indole Wait.

又,亦可使用具有下述式所表示之三母核的二胺化合物。 Also, it is also possible to use the three represented by the following formula A diamine compound of the mother nucleus.

具有三母核的上述式之二胺化合物中,R1表示氫原子或碳數1~12(較佳為碳數1~10、特佳為碳數1~6)之烷基或芳基,R2表示碳數1~12(較佳為碳數1~10、特佳為碳數1~6)之烷基或芳基,R1與R2可為相異亦可、相同者亦可。 With three In the diamine compound of the above formula of the parent nucleus, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10, particularly preferably a carbon number of 1 to 6), and R 2 . The alkyl group or the aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably, the carbon number is 1 to 10, particularly preferably the carbon number is 1 to 6), and R 1 and R 2 may be different or the same.

R1與R2之碳數1~12之烷基或芳基,可列舉如,具體而言,為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異 丁基、t-丁基、苯基、苄基、萘基、甲基苯基、聯苯等。 The alkyl or aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms of R 1 and R 2 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group or a t-butyl group. Base, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, methylphenyl, biphenyl, and the like.

連接三中的二個NH基之胺基苯胺基,為4-胺基苯胺基或3-胺基苯胺基,其可為相同亦可、相異亦可,又以4-胺基苯胺基為佳。 Connection three The two NH-based aminoanilinyl groups in the 4-aminoanilino group or the 3-aminoanilino group may be the same or different, and a 4-aminoanilino group is preferred.

具有三母核的上述式所表示之二胺化合物,具體而言,例如,2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-苯胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(3-胺基苯胺基)-6-苯胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-苄胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(3-胺基苯胺基)-6-苄胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-萘胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-聯苯胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-二苯胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(3-胺基苯胺基)-6-二苯胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-二苄胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-二萘胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-N-甲基苯胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-N-甲基萘胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-甲胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(3-胺基苯胺基)-6-甲胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-乙胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(3-胺基苯胺基)-6-乙胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-二甲胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(3-胺基苯胺基)-6-二甲胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-二乙胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-二丁胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(4-胺基苯胺基)-6-胺基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(3-胺基苯胺基)-6-胺基-1,3,5-三等。 With three The diamine compound represented by the above formula of the mother nucleus, specifically, for example, 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-anilino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(3-aminoanilino)-6-anilino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-benzylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(3-aminoanilino)-6-benzylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-naphthylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-benzidine-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-diphenylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(3-aminoanilino)-6-diphenylamino-1,3,5-three 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-dibenzylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-dinaphthylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-N-methylanilino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-N-methylnaphthylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-methylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(3-aminoanilino)-6-methylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-ethylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(3-aminoanilino)-6-ethylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-dimethylamino-1,3,5-three 2,4-bis(3-aminoanilino)-6-dimethylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-diethylamino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-dibutylamino-1,3,5-three 2,4-bis(4-aminoanilino)-6-amino-1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis(3-aminoanilino)-6-amino-1,3,5-three Wait.

二胺衍生物之異氰酸酯,例如,上述芳香族或脂肪族二胺與光氣進行反應而得之二異氰酸酯等。 The isocyanate of the diamine derivative is, for example, a diisocyanate obtained by reacting the above aromatic or aliphatic diamine with phosgene.

又,其他的二胺衍生物,又例如,二胺基二矽烷類,例如上述芳香族或脂肪族二胺與氯三甲基矽烷進行反應而得之三甲基矽烷基化之芳香族或脂肪族二胺等。 Further, another diamine derivative, for example, a diamino dioxane such as the above aromatic or aliphatic diamine and chlorotrimethylnonane, is obtained by reacting a trimethylsulfonium alkylated aromatic or fat. Group of diamines and the like.

二胺,可為2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯,其就具有優良透明性之觀點,及容易以熱收縮進行熱矯正之觀點為較佳。 The diamine may be 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, which has a viewpoint of excellent transparency and is easy to be thermally corrected by heat shrinkage. good.

以上之二胺及其衍生物,可以任意地混合使用,該些之中,二胺的量以50~100莫耳%者為佳,以80~100莫耳%者為較佳。 The above diamine and its derivative may be used arbitrarily, and among these, the amount of the diamine is preferably 50 to 100 mol%, and preferably 80 to 100 mol%.

(1.3)聚醯胺酸之合成法及醯亞胺化 (1.3) Synthesis of polyglycine and oxime imidization (1.3.1)聚醯胺酸之合成 (1.3.1) Synthesis of polyaminic acid

聚醯胺酸,可於適當的溶劑中,使前述四羧酸類中之至少1種,與前述二胺類中之至少1種進行聚合反應而可製得。 Polylysine can be obtained by polymerizing at least one of the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic acids in at least one of the above-mentioned diamines in a suitable solvent.

又,聚醯胺酸酯,為將前述四羧酸二酐,使用甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、n-丙醇等的醇進行開環,使其二酯化,再將所得之二酯於適當溶劑中與前述二胺化合物進行反應而可製得。此外,聚醯胺酸酯,亦可將上述所得之聚醯胺酸的羧酸基,與上述該等之醇進行反應形成酯化之方式而可製得。 Further, the polyphthalate is obtained by subjecting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride to an open alcohol by using an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol or n-propanol to diesterify the obtained diester. It can be obtained by reacting with the aforementioned diamine compound in a suitable solvent. Further, the polyphthalate may be obtained by reacting the carboxylic acid group of the polyamic acid obtained above with the above-mentioned alcohol to form an esterification method.

前述四羧酸二酐與前述二胺化合物之反應, 可使用以往公知之條件進行。四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物之添加順序或添加方法並沒有特別之限定。例如,可將四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物依序投入溶劑中,於適當的溫度進行攪拌,而可製得聚醯胺酸。 The reaction of the aforementioned tetracarboxylic dianhydride with the aforementioned diamine compound, It can be carried out using previously known conditions. The order of addition or addition of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound is not particularly limited. For example, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine compound can be sequentially introduced into a solvent, and stirred at an appropriate temperature to obtain a polyamic acid.

二胺化合物之量,相對於四羧酸二酐1莫耳,通常為0.8莫耳以上,較佳為1莫耳以上。又,通常為1.2莫耳以下,較佳為1.1莫耳以下。二胺化合物之量於該些範圍內時,可提高所得聚醯胺酸之產率。 The amount of the diamine compound is usually 0.8 mol or more, preferably 1 mol or more, based on 1 mol of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Further, it is usually 1.2 m or less, preferably 1.1 m or less. When the amount of the diamine compound is within these ranges, the yield of the obtained polylysine can be increased.

溶劑中的四羧酸二酐及二胺化合物之濃度,可配合反應條件或聚醯胺酸溶液的黏度作適當的設定。例如,四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物之合計質量,並沒有特別之限制,一般相對於全溶液量,通常為1質量%以上,較佳為5質量%以上,又,通常為70質量%以下,較佳為30質量%以下。反應基質之量於該些範圍內時,可以較低費用及良好產率製得聚醯胺酸。 The concentration of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound in the solvent can be appropriately set in accordance with the reaction conditions or the viscosity of the polyaminic acid solution. For example, the total mass of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound is not particularly limited, but is usually 1% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or more, and usually 70% by mass based on the total amount of the solution. Hereinafter, it is preferably 30% by mass or less. When the amount of the reaction substrate is within these ranges, polylysine can be produced at a lower cost and in a good yield.

反應溫度並沒有特別之限制,通常為0℃以上,較佳為20℃以上,又,通常為100℃以下,較佳為80℃以下。反應時間並沒有特別之限制,通常1小時以上,較佳為2小時以上,又,通常為100小時以下,較佳為24小時以下。於該些條件下進行反應時,可以較低費用及良好產率製得聚醯胺酸。 The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually 0 ° C or higher, preferably 20 ° C or higher, and usually 100 ° C or lower, preferably 80 ° C or lower. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 hour or longer, preferably 2 hours or longer, and usually 100 hours or shorter, preferably 24 hours or shorter. When the reaction is carried out under these conditions, polylysine can be obtained at a lower cost and in a good yield.

該反應所使用的聚合溶劑,例如,己烷、環己烷、庚烷、苯、甲苯、二甲苯及三甲苯等的烴系溶劑;四氯化碳、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯、二氯 苯及氟苯等的鹵化烴溶劑;二乙醚、四氫呋喃、1,4-二噁烷及甲氧基苯等的醚系溶劑;丙酮及甲基乙基酮等的酮系溶劑;N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等之醯胺系溶劑;二甲基亞碸、γ-丁內酯等的非質子系極性溶劑;吡啶、甲吡啶、二甲基吡啶、喹啉及異喹啉等的雜環系溶劑;酚及甲酚等之酚系溶劑等,並未有特別限制之內容。聚合溶劑,可僅使用1種的溶劑亦可,2種以上的溶劑混合使用亦可。 The polymerization solvent used in the reaction, for example, a hydrocarbon solvent such as hexane, cyclohexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, xylene or trimethylbenzene; carbon tetrachloride, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, dichloro a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene or fluorobenzene; an ether solvent such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane or methoxybenzene; a ketone solvent such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone; N,N- Amidoxime solvent such as dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone; aprotic such as dimethyl hydrazine or γ-butyrolactone The polar solvent; a heterocyclic solvent such as pyridine, pyridyl, lutidine, quinoline or isoquinoline; a phenol solvent such as phenol or cresol, and the like are not particularly limited. The polymerization solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more solvents.

聚醯胺酸之末端基,經由過量使用聚合反應時的四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物中之任一者之方式,而可任意選擇酸酐基或胺基。 The terminal group of the polyamic acid can be arbitrarily selected from the acid anhydride group or the amine group by using any one of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound in the polymerization reaction.

末端基為酸酐末端時,可無須進行後續處理下,即可使用該酸酐末端,或使用水解後之二羧酸亦可。又,亦可使用碳數4以下之醇作為酯。此外,亦可使用單官能的胺化合物或異氰酸酯化合物予以密封末端。此處所使用的胺化合物或異氰酸酯化合物,例如,只要為單官能的一級胺化合物或異氰酸酯化合物時,並未特別限制,而皆可使用。例如,苯胺、甲基苯胺、二甲基苯胺、三甲基苯胺、乙基苯胺、二乙基苯胺、三乙基苯胺、胺基酚、甲氧基苯胺、胺基安息香酸、聯苯胺、萘基胺、環己基胺、苯基異氰酸酯、二甲苯異氰酸酯、環己基異氰酸酯、甲基苯基異氰酸酯、三氟甲基苯基異氰酸酯等。 When the terminal group is an acid anhydride terminal, the acid anhydride terminal can be used without using a subsequent treatment, or a hydrolyzed dicarboxylic acid can be used. Further, an alcohol having 4 or less carbon atoms may be used as the ester. Alternatively, a monofunctional amine compound or an isocyanate compound may be used to seal the ends. The amine compound or the isocyanate compound to be used herein is not particularly limited as long as it is a monofunctional primary amine compound or an isocyanate compound, and can be used. For example, aniline, methylaniline, dimethylaniline, trimethylaniline, ethylaniline, diethylaniline, triethylaniline, aminophenol, methoxyaniline, amine benzoic acid, benzidine, naphthalene Alkylamine, cyclohexylamine, phenylisocyanate, xylene isocyanate, cyclohexyl isocyanate, methylphenylisocyanate, trifluoromethylphenylisocyanate, and the like.

又,末端基為胺末端時,其可經由單官能的酸酐,將末端胺基密封,而避免胺基殘留於末端。此處所 使用的酸酐,只要於水解時形成二羧酸或三羧酸的單官能之酸酐時,則未特別之限制,而皆可使用。例如,馬來酸酐、甲基馬來酸酐、二甲基馬來酸酐、琥珀酸酐、降莰烯二羧酸酐、4-(苯基乙炔基)苯二甲酸酐、4-乙炔基苯二甲酸酐、苯二甲酸酐、甲基苯二甲酸酐、二甲基苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三甲酸酐、萘二羧酸酐、7-氧雜雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷-2,3-二羧酸酐、雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷-2,3-二羧酸酐、雙環〔2.2.2〕辛-5-烯-2,3-二羧酸酐、4-氧雜三環〔5.2.2.02,6〕十一烷-3,5-二酮、八氫-1,3-二氧雜異苯併呋喃-5-羧酸、六氫苯二甲酸酐、甲基六氫苯二甲酸酐、二甲基環己烷二羧酸酐、1,2,3,6-四氫苯二甲酸酐、甲基-4-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐等。 Further, when the terminal group is an amine terminal, it can seal the terminal amine group via a monofunctional acid anhydride, and the amine group is prevented from remaining at the terminal end. The acid anhydride used herein is not particularly limited as long as it forms a monofunctional acid anhydride of a dicarboxylic acid or a tricarboxylic acid upon hydrolysis. For example, maleic anhydride, methyl maleic anhydride, dimethyl maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, norbornene dicarboxylic anhydride, 4-(phenylethynyl)phthalic anhydride, 4-ethynylphthalic anhydride , phthalic anhydride, methyl phthalic anhydride, dimethyl phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1] heptane-2,3-dicarboxyl Anhydride, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride, bicyclo [2.2.2] oct-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride, 4-oxatricyclo[5.2.2.0 2 , 6 ] undecane-3,5-dione, octahydro-1,3-dioxaisobenzofuran-5-carboxylic acid, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyl hexahydrophthalic anhydride, Dimethylcyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methyl-4-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, and the like.

(1.3.2)醯亞胺化法 (1.3.2) oxime imidization

此處,聚亞醯胺,可使用將聚醯胺酸溶液加熱,使聚醯胺酸醯亞胺化之方法(熱醯亞胺化法),或,於聚醯胺酸溶液中,添加閉環觸媒(醯亞胺化觸媒),使聚醯胺酸醯亞胺化之方法(化學醯亞胺化法)而可製得。 Here, the polyamidamine may be a method in which a polylysine solution is heated to imidize a polyphosphonium amide (thermal hydrazide method), or a polycyclic acid solution is added to a closed loop. A catalyst (an imidization catalyst) can be obtained by a method of imidizing polyphosphonium amide (chemical hydrazine imidation method).

又,將聚醯胺酸溶液加熱,使聚醯胺酸醯亞胺化之方法(熱醯亞胺化法),或,於聚醯胺酸溶液中,添加閉環觸媒(醯亞胺化觸媒),使聚醯胺酸醯亞胺化之方法(化學醯亞胺化法),可使酸酐與二胺所形成之聚醯胺酸,於進行聚合的反應釜中持續於反應釜中進行醯亞胺化亦可。 Further, a method in which a polyaminic acid solution is heated to imidize a polyphosphonium amide (thermal imidization method), or a poly-phthalic acid solution is added to a closed-loop catalyst a method for imidizing a polyphosphonium amide (chemical ruthenium imidation method), which can form a polyamic acid formed by an acid anhydride and a diamine in a reaction vessel in which polymerization is carried out in a reaction vessel. Niobium imidization is also possible.

反應釜中之熱醯亞胺化法中,為將上述聚合溶劑中的聚醯胺酸,例如於80~300℃之溫度範圍,進行0.1~200小時加熱處理,以進行醯亞胺化。又,上述溫度範圍以150~200℃為佳,以於150℃以上時,可以確實地進行完成醯亞胺化的同時,另一方面,於200℃以下時,可以防止溶劑或未反應原材料之氧化、溶劑揮發所造成的樹脂濃度之上升。 In the thermal hydrazine imidation method in the reaction vessel, the polyamic acid in the polymerization solvent is subjected to heat treatment for 0.1 to 200 hours in a temperature range of, for example, 80 to 300 ° C to carry out hydrazine imidization. Further, the temperature range is preferably 150 to 200 ° C, and when the temperature is 150 ° C or higher, the ruthenium imidization can be surely performed. On the other hand, when the temperature is 200 ° C or lower, the solvent or the unreacted raw material can be prevented. The increase in resin concentration caused by oxidation and solvent evaporation.

又,熱醯亞胺化法中,就於醯亞胺化反應中可以有效率地去除所生成之水的觀點,可於上述聚合溶劑中加入共沸溶劑。共沸溶劑,例如,可使用甲苯、二甲苯、溶劑石腦油等之芳香族烴,或環己烷、甲基環己烷、二甲基環己烷等之脂環族烴等。使用共沸溶劑時,其添加量,為全有機溶劑量中的1~30質量%左右,較佳為5~20質量%。 Further, in the thermal hydrazine imidation method, an azeotropic solvent may be added to the polymerization solvent in view of the fact that the produced water can be efficiently removed in the hydrazine imidization reaction. Examples of the azeotropic solvent include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and solvent naphtha, and alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, and dimethylcyclohexane. When the azeotropic solvent is used, the amount thereof is from about 1 to 30% by mass, preferably from 5 to 20% by mass, based on the total amount of the organic solvent.

又,於化學醯亞胺化法中,可對上述聚合溶劑中的聚醯胺酸,添加公知的閉環觸媒,而進行醯亞胺化。閉環觸媒之具體例,可列舉如,三甲基胺、三乙烯二胺等之脂肪族三級胺及異喹啉、吡啶、甲吡啶等的雜環式三級胺等,該些以外,又例如,取代或非取代之含氮雜環化合物、含氮雜環化合物之N-氧化物化合物、取代或非取代之胺酸化合物、具有羥基之芳香族烴化合物或芳香族雜環狀化合物等。特別是以1,2-二甲基咪唑、N-甲基咪唑、N-苄基-2-甲基咪唑、2-甲基咪唑、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、5-甲基苯併咪唑等的低級烷基咪唑、N-苄基-2-甲基咪 唑等的咪唑衍生物、異喹啉、3,5-二甲基吡啶、3,4-二甲基吡啶、2,5-二甲基吡啶、2,4-二甲基吡啶、4-n-丙基吡啶等的取代吡啶、p-甲苯磺酸等為較佳使用者。閉環觸媒之添加量,相對於聚醯胺酸之醯胺酸單位為0.01~2倍當量,特別是以0.02~1倍當量左右為佳。使用閉環觸媒時,就提高所得聚亞醯胺之物性,特別是可提高伸度或抗斷裂性。 Further, in the chemical hydrazine imidation method, a known ring-closing catalyst may be added to the polyamic acid in the polymerization solvent to carry out hydrazine imidization. Specific examples of the ring-closing catalyst include aliphatic tertiary amines such as trimethylamine and triethylenediamine, and heterocyclic tertiary amines such as isoquinoline, pyridine and formylpyridine. Further, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, an N-oxide compound containing a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, a substituted or unsubstituted amino acid compound, an aromatic hydrocarbon compound having a hydroxyl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic compound . In particular, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, N-methylimidazole, N-benzyl-2-methylimidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 5-methyl Lower alkylimidazole, N-benzyl-2-methylimidazole such as benzimidazole Imidazole derivatives such as oxazole, isoquinoline, 3,5-lutidine, 3,4-dimethylpyridine, 2,5-lutidine, 2,4-dimethylpyridine, 4-n Substituted pyridine such as -propylpyridine or p-toluenesulfonic acid or the like is preferred. The amount of the closed-loop catalyst added is 0.01 to 2 times the equivalent of the glycine acid unit of the poly-proline, and particularly preferably about 0.02 to 1 equivalent. When a closed-loop catalyst is used, the physical properties of the obtained polyamidene are improved, and in particular, the elongation or fracture resistance can be improved.

又,上述熱醯亞胺化法或化學醯亞胺化法中,亦可於聚醯胺酸溶液中添加脫水劑,該些脫水劑,例如,乙酸酐等之脂肪族酸酐、苯二甲酸酐等之芳香族酸酐等,該些可單獨或混合使用皆可。又,使用脫水劑時,以其可於低溫下進行反應,而為較佳。又,僅對聚醯胺酸溶液添加脫水劑時,亦可使聚醯胺酸醯亞胺化,但因反應速度較為遲緩,故以如上所述般,進行加熱或添加閉環觸媒進行醯亞胺化者為佳。 Further, in the above-described hydrazine imidization method or chemical hydrazylation method, a dehydrating agent may be added to the polyaminic acid solution, for example, an aliphatic acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride or phthalic anhydride. The aromatic acid anhydride or the like may be used singly or in combination. Further, when a dehydrating agent is used, it is preferred to carry out the reaction at a low temperature. Further, when a dehydrating agent is added only to the polyaminic acid solution, the polyphosphonium amide can be imidized. However, since the reaction rate is relatively slow, heating or addition of a ring-closing catalyst is carried out as described above. Aminator is preferred.

依此方式於反應釜中進行醯亞胺化之聚亞醯胺溶液,就存放時不易引起水解而降低分子量之觀點為有利者。 In this manner, it is advantageous to carry out the hydrazide-forming polyamine reaction in the reaction vessel, which is less likely to cause hydrolysis and lower the molecular weight during storage.

又,重新進行醯亞胺化反應之例,於醯亞胺化率為100%之聚亞醯胺之情形,因無需於延流膜或薄膜上進行醯亞胺化,故可降低乾燥溫度。 Further, in the case where the ruthenium imidization reaction is carried out again, in the case of polyarylene which has a ruthenium iodide ratio of 100%, since the hydrazine imidization is not required to be carried out on the film or the film, the drying temperature can be lowered.

又,將閉環後之聚亞醯胺,亦可使用貧溶劑等進行再沈澱、精製而得之固體,溶解於溶劑中進行延流乾燥進行製膜。 Further, the closed polyamine can be reprecipitated and purified by using a poor solvent or the like, dissolved in a solvent, and dried to form a film.

依該方法時,聚合溶劑與延流之溶劑可為不同之種類,其可經由分別選擇最適當的溶劑之方式,而引導出聚亞醯胺薄膜之性能。 According to this method, the solvent of the polymerization solvent and the solvent can be different, and the properties of the polyimide film can be guided by selecting the most suitable solvent, respectively.

例如,為使聚醯胺酸高分子量化之目的,而使用二甲基乙醯醯胺進行聚合、閉環,再使用甲醇使其固化、乾燥後,使用二氯甲烷形成溶液化後,進行延流、乾燥結果,即可形成高分子量化與低溫乾燥。 For example, in order to quantify the molecular weight of polylysine, polymerization and ring closure are carried out using dimethylacetamide, followed by curing with methanol, drying, and then forming a solution by using dichloromethane to carry out a solution. When drying, the result is high molecular weight and low temperature drying.

又,溶劑使用二氯甲烷時,亦可與其他的溶劑組合使用。例如,可使用四氫呋喃(THF)、二氧戊烷、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、乙醇、甲醇、丁醇、異丙醇等,適當的補助溶劑。 Further, when dichloromethane is used as the solvent, it may be used in combination with other solvents. For example, tetrahydrofuran (THF), dioxane, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, ethanol, methanol, butanol, isopropanol or the like can be used, and a suitable auxiliary solvent can be used.

(1.4)其他的聚亞醯胺 (1.4) Other polyamines

上述聚亞醯胺以外,亦可使用含有磷、矽、硫等原子的聚亞醯胺。 In addition to the polymethyleneamine, a polymethyleneamine containing an atom such as phosphorus, ruthenium or sulfur may also be used.

例如,含有磷之聚亞醯胺,例如,可使用分別記載於特開2011-74209號公報之段落〔0010〕-〔0021〕及特開2011-074177號公報之段落〔0011〕-〔0025〕的聚亞醯胺。 For example, the phosphorus-containing polyamidamine can be used, for example, in paragraphs [0010] to [0021] and JP-A-2011-0074177, paragraphs [0011] to [0025], respectively. Polyamine.

含有矽之聚亞醯胺,例如,可使用特開2013-028796號公報之段落〔0030〕-〔0045〕所記載之使聚亞醯胺前驅體醯亞胺化而得之聚亞醯胺。 For the polyamidamine containing ruthenium, for example, the polyamidene obtained by imidating the polyamidamine precursor oxime described in paragraphs [0030] to [0045] of JP-A-2013-028796 can be used.

含有硫之聚亞醯胺,例如,可使用分別記載於特開2010-189322號公報之段落〔0009〕-〔0025〕、 特開2008-274234號公報之段落〔0012〕-〔0025〕及特開2008-274229號公報之段落〔0012〕-〔0023〕之使聚亞醯胺前驅體醯亞胺化而得之聚亞醯胺。 As the sulfur-containing polyamine, for example, paragraphs [0009] to [0025] of JP-A-2010-189322, respectively, can be used. JP-A-2008-274234, paragraph [0012]-[0025] and JP-A-2008-274229, paragraph [0012]-[0023], which is obtained by imidating a polyamidamine precursor quinone. Guanamine.

其他,亦可適當使用特開2009-256590號公報之段落〔0008〕-〔0012〕、特開2009-256589號公報之段落〔0008〕-〔0012〕所記載之脂環式聚亞醯胺等。 In addition, the alicyclic polyimine described in paragraphs [0008] to [0012] of JP-A-2009-256589, and the paragraph [0008]-[0012] of JP-A-2009-256589 may be used as appropriate. .

(2)聚醯胺醯亞胺 (2) Polyamidimide

本發明所使用的聚醯胺醯亞胺為使用含有,酸成份為三羧酸或四羧酸、二羧酸,胺成份為二胺作為結構單位的聚醯胺醯亞胺。 The polyamidoximine used in the present invention is a polyamidoximine containing, as a structural unit, an acid component of a tricarboxylic acid or a tetracarboxylic acid, a dicarboxylic acid, and an amine component.

所使用的聚醯胺醯亞胺中,酸成份為: Among the polyamidoximines used, the acid components are:

a)三羧酸;二苯醚-3,3’,4’-三羧酸、二苯碸-3,3’,4’-三羧酸、二苯甲酮-3,3’,4’-三羧酸、萘-1,2,4-三羧酸、丁烷-1,2,4-三羧酸等之三羧酸等的一無水物、酯化物等之單獨,或2種以上的混合物。 a) tricarboxylic acid; diphenyl ether-3,3',4'-tricarboxylic acid, diphenylguanidin-3,3',4'-tricarboxylic acid, benzophenone-3,3',4' - an anhydride, an esterified product, or the like of a tricarboxylic acid such as a tricarboxylic acid, a naphthalene-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid or a butane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid, or the like, or two or more thereof mixture.

b)四羧酸;二苯碸-3,3’,4,4’-四羧酸、萘-2,3,6,7-四羧酸、萘-1,2,4,5-四羧酸、萘-1,4,5,8-四羧酸、丁烷-1,2,3,4-四羧酸、環戊烷-1,2,3,4-四羧酸一無水物、二酐、酯化物等之單獨,或2種以上的混合物。 b) tetracarboxylic acid; diphenyl hydrazine-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid, naphthalene-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid, naphthalene-1,2,4,5-tetracarboxylic acid Acid, naphthalene-1,4,5,8-tetracarboxylic acid, butane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic acid, cyclopentane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic acid monohydrate, A dianhydride, an esterified product or the like, or a mixture of two or more thereof.

c)二羧酸;己二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、環己烷-4,4’-二羧酸之二羧酸,及該些之一無水物或酯化物。 c) a dicarboxylic acid; adipic acid, sebacic acid, sebacic acid, a dicarboxylic acid of cyclohexane-4,4'-dicarboxylic acid, and one of these anhydrates or esters.

胺成份為: The amine composition is:

d)胺成份 d) amine component

3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二乙氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、p-伸苯二胺、m-伸苯二胺、3,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯碸、3,3’-二胺基二苯碸、3,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、4,4’-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2,6-伸甲苯基二胺、2,4-伸甲苯基二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯基硫醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯基硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基丙烷、3,3’-二胺基二苯基丙烷、3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、p-二甲苯二胺、m-二甲苯二胺、2,2’-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、2,2-雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕丙烷、雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、雙〔4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、雙〔4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕丙烷、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、伸四甲基二胺、伸六甲基二胺、異佛爾酮二胺、4,4’-二環己基甲烷二胺、環己烷-1,4-二胺、二胺基矽氧烷,或對應於該些之二異氰酸酯單獨,或2種以上的混合物。 3,3'-Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4 , 4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl , 3,3'-diethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4, 4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl hydrazine, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl hydrazine, 3,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'- Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diaminobenzimidamide, 4,4'-diaminobenzimidamide, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'- Diaminobenzophenone, 3,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2,6-methyl-tolyldiamine, 2,4-tolyldiamine, 4,4'-diaminodi Phenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3'- Diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, p-xylenediamine, m-xylenediamine, 2,2'-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane , 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxyl) Benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, bis[4-(4-amino) Phenoxy)phenyl]anthracene, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]anthracene, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 4,4'- Bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(3-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, tetramethyldiamine, hexamethylenediamine, isophorone II An amine, 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethanediamine, cyclohexane-1,4-diamine, diamine oxirane, or a diisocyanate corresponding thereto, or a mixture of two or more thereof.

特別是以含有,酸成份為偏苯三甲酸酐(TMA)、3,3,4’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐(BTDA),及3,3,4’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐(BPDA)、異氰酸酯成份為1,5- 萘二異氰酸酯(NDI)之原料,經聚合而得之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂為佳。 In particular, the acid component is trimellitic anhydride (TMA), 3,3,4',4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride (BTDA), and 3,3,4',4'- Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), isocyanate composition 1,5- A raw material of naphthalene diisocyanate (NDI), which is obtained by polymerization, is preferably a polyamidoximine resin.

聚醯胺醯亞胺之醯亞胺鍵結與醯胺鍵結之莫耳比,以99/1~60/40莫耳比為佳,更佳為99/1~75/25、特佳為90/10~80/20。醯亞胺鍵結與醯胺鍵結之莫耳比為60/40以上時,可提高耐熱性、耐濕信賴性、耐熱信賴性。又,為99/1以下時,會有降低彈性率,而提高耐撓曲特性、彎曲特性之傾向。 The molar ratio of the ruthenium imine bond of the polyamidoximine to the guanamine bond is preferably 99/1 to 60/40 molar ratio, more preferably 99/1 to 75/25, and particularly preferably 90/10~80/20. When the molar ratio of the quinone imine bond to the guanamine bond is 60/40 or more, heat resistance, moisture resistance, and heat resistance can be improved. Further, when it is 99/1 or less, the modulus of elasticity is lowered, and the flexural resistance and the bending property tend to be improved.

(2.1)以式(2)所表示之結構為必要成份之聚醯胺醯亞胺 (2.1) Polyamidoquinone imine with the structure represented by formula (2) as an essential component

一個較佳實施態樣為,分子鏈中含有以式(2)所表示之結構作為必要成份,且具有由式(3)、式(4)及式(5)所表示之群所選出之至少1種的結構作為重複單位的聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。 In a preferred embodiment, the molecular chain contains the structure represented by the formula (2) as an essential component, and has at least the group selected by the formulas (3), (4) and (5). One type of structure is used as a repeating unit of a polyamidoximine resin.

(X表示氧原子、CO、SO2,或,鍵結。n表示0或1)。 (X represents an oxygen atom, CO, SO 2 , or a bond. n represents 0 or 1).

(Y表示氧原子、CO,或OOC-R-COO。n表示0或1,R表示二價之有機基)。 (Y represents an oxygen atom, CO, or OOC-R-COO. n represents 0 or 1, and R represents a divalent organic group).

其中,式(3)中,X以SO2,或,鍵結(聯苯鍵結),或,n=0為佳。更較佳為,X為鍵結(聯苯鍵結), 或n=0。式(4)中,Y以二苯甲酮型(CO),或,鍵結型(聯苯鍵結)為佳。 Wherein, in the formula (3), X is SO 2 or a bond (biphenyl bond), or n = 0 is preferred. More preferably, X is a bond (biphenyl bond), or n=0. In the formula (4), Y is preferably a benzophenone type (CO) or a bonded type (biphenyl bond).

一個較佳之實施態樣為,式(2)為由偏苯三甲酸酐與1,5-萘二異氰酸酯所形成之重複單位、式(3)為由對苯二甲酸與1,5-萘二異氰酸酯所形成之重複單位、式(4)為由聯苯四羧酸二酐,或,二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐與1,5-萘二異氰酸酯所形成之重複單位,且其含有比例以式(2)/{式(3)+式(4)+式(5)}=1/99~40/60莫耳比,且,式(3)/式(4)=10/90~90/10莫耳比為佳。 In a preferred embodiment, the formula (2) is a repeating unit formed of trimellitic anhydride and 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, and the formula (3) is terephthalic acid and 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate. The repeating unit formed, formula (4) is a repeating unit formed of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, or benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, and the ratio thereof is Formula (2) / {Formula (3) + Formula (4) + Formula (5)} = 1 / 99 ~ 40 / 60 molar ratio, and, Equation (3) / Formula (4) = 10 / 90 ~ 90 /10 Mo Erbi is better.

醯亞胺化率以越高越好,其上限為100%。上述聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂,可使用通常方法予以合成。例如,異氰酸酯法、胺法(酸氯化物法、低溫溶液聚合法、室溫溶液聚合法等)等,本發明所使用的聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂以可溶於有機溶劑者為佳,如前所述,就確保剝離強度(接著強度)之信賴性等理由,以由異氰酸酯法而製得者為佳。又,工業上,又以可使用聚合時的溶液進行塗佈之點,而為較佳。 The higher the niobium amination rate, the better, and the upper limit is 100%. The above polyamidoximine resin can be synthesized by a usual method. For example, an isocyanate method, an amine method (acid chloride method, low-temperature solution polymerization method, room temperature solution polymerization method, etc.), etc., and the polyamidoximine resin used in the present invention is preferably one which is soluble in an organic solvent, such as As described above, it is preferable to obtain it by the isocyanate method for the reason of ensuring the reliability of the peel strength (the strength). Further, it is industrially preferable because it can be applied by using a solution at the time of polymerization.

(2.2)具有式(6)或式(7)所表示之結構的聚醯胺醯亞胺 (2.2) Polyamidoquinone imine having the structure represented by formula (6) or formula (7)

較佳之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂,可使用含有下述式(6)作為結構單位之化合物。以下,將對具有式(6)所表示之結構的化合物進行說明。 As the preferred polyamidoximine resin, a compound containing the following formula (6) as a structural unit can be used. Hereinafter, a compound having a structure represented by the formula (6) will be described.

(式中,R1為芳基、環鏈烷基,其可含有氮、氧、硫、鹵素)。 (wherein R 1 is an aryl group or a cycloalkyl group, which may contain nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or halogen).

(聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之二胺成份) (Diamine component of polyamidoximine resin)

又,二胺成份,例如,p-伸苯二胺、m-伸苯二胺、3,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯碸、3,3’-二胺基二苯碸、3,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、4,4’-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2,6-伸甲苯基二胺、2,4-伸甲苯基二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯基硫醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯基硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基丙烷、3,3’-二胺基二苯基丙烷、3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、P-二甲苯二胺、m-二甲苯二胺、1,4-萘二胺、1,5-萘二胺、2,6-萘二胺、2,7-萘二胺、2,2’-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、2,2-雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕丙烷、雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、雙〔4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、雙〔4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕丙烷、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’- 雙(3-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4-甲基-1,3-伸苯二胺、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二乙氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、反式-1,4-二胺基環己烷、順式-1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,4-二胺基環己烷(反式/順式混合物)、1,3-二胺基環己烷、二環己基甲烷-4,4’-二胺(反式體、順式體、反式/順式混合物)、異佛爾酮二胺、1,4-環己烷雙(甲基胺)、2,5-雙(胺甲基)雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷、2,6-雙(胺甲基)雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷、3,8-雙(胺甲基)三環〔5.2.1.0〕癸烷、1,3-二胺基金剛烷、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2-甲基環己基胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2-乙基環己基胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2,6-二甲基環己基胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2,6-二乙基環己基胺)、2,2-雙(4-胺基環己基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基環己基)六氟丙烷、1,3-丙烷二胺、1,4-伸四甲基二胺、1,5-伸五甲基二胺、1,6-伸六甲基二胺、1,7-伸七甲基二胺、1,8-伸八甲基二胺、1,9-伸九甲基二胺等之單獨,或,2種以上的混合物,或,對應於該些之二異氰酸酯等之單獨,或,2種以上的混合物皆可作為二胺成份使用。 Further, a diamine component, for example, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4' -diaminodiphenyl hydrazine, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl hydrazine, 3,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino Benzoquinone aniline, 4,4'-diaminobenzimidamide, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4'-di Aminobenzophenone, 2,6-methyl-tolyldiamine, 2,4-tolyldiamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodi Phenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-di Aminodiphenylmethane, P-xylylenediamine, m-xylenediamine, 1,4-naphthalenediamine, 1,5-naphthalenediamine, 2,6-naphthalenediamine, 2,7-naphthalene Diamine, 2,2'-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene , 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl]anthracene, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl碸, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'- Bis(3-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenediamine, 3,3 '-Diethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-diethyl-4,4' -diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, anti Formula - 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, cis-1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane (trans/cis mixture), 1,3- Diaminocyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diamine (trans, cis, trans/cis mixture), isophorone diamine, 1,4-cyclohexane Bis(methylamine), 2,5-bis(aminomethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,6-bis(aminomethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 3,8-double (Aminomethyl)tricyclo[5.2.1.0]decane, 1,3-diamine adamantane, 4,4'-extended methylbis(2-methylcyclohexylamine), 4,4'-stretch Methyl bis(2-ethylcyclohexylamine), 4,4'-extended methyl bis(2,6-dimethylcyclohexylamine), 4,4'-extended methyl bis (2,6-di Ethylcyclohexylamine), 2,2-bis(4-aminocyclohexyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminocyclohexyl)hexa Propane, 1,3-propanediamine, 1,4-extended tetramethyldiamine, 1,5-extended pentamethyldiamine, 1,6-extended hexamethyldiamine, 1,7-extension Alkali diamine, 1,8-extended octamethyldiamine, 1,9-extended hexamethyldiamine, or the like, or a mixture of two or more thereof, or corresponding to the diisocyanate or the like, Alternatively, two or more kinds of mixtures may be used as the diamine component.

較佳為,3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、二環己基甲烷-4,4’-二胺(反式體、順式體、反式/順式混合物)、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、p-伸苯二胺、4-甲基-1,3-伸苯二胺等之單獨,或,2種以上的混合物,或,對應於該些之二異氰酸酯等之單獨,或,2種以上的混合物皆可作為 二胺成份使用。 Preferably, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diamine (trans, cis, trans/cis) a mixture), 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, p-phenylenediamine, 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenediamine, or the like, or a mixture of two or more, or Separately, or a mixture of two or more of these diisocyanates may be used as The diamine component is used.

更佳為,3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、二環己基甲烷-4,4’-二胺(反式體、順式體、反式/順式混合物)、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4-甲基-1,3-伸苯二胺等之單獨,或,2種以上的混合物,或,對應於該些之二異氰酸酯等之單獨,或,2種以上的混合物皆可作為二胺成份使用。 More preferably, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diamine (trans, cis, trans/cis a mixture), 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenediamine, or the like, or a mixture of two or more thereof, or corresponding to the diisocyanate or the like. Separately, or a mixture of two or more kinds may be used as the diamine component.

特佳為,3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、二環己基甲烷-4,4’-二胺(反式體、順式體、反式/順式混合物)、4-甲基-1,3-伸苯二胺等之單獨,或,2種以上的混合物,或,對應於該些之二異氰酸酯等之單獨,或,2種以上的混合物皆可作為二胺成份使用。 Particularly preferred, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diamine (trans, cis, trans/cis The mixture), 4-methyl-1,3-phenylene diamine, or the like, or a mixture of two or more thereof, or a mixture of two or more of the above-mentioned diisocyanates, or a mixture of two or more thereof may be used. Used as a diamine component.

(較佳之酸成份、二胺成份之組合) (a combination of preferred acid components and diamine components)

上述酸成份、二胺成份之中,就薄膜化製程中,具有耐熱性、耐溶劑性,及耐久性,及,所製得之聚醯胺醯亞胺薄膜之耐熱性、表面平滑性,及透明性等觀點,以使用以下之成份為佳。 Among the above-mentioned acid component and diamine component, heat resistance, solvent resistance, and durability in the film forming process, and heat resistance and surface smoothness of the obtained polyimide film, and From the viewpoints of transparency, etc., it is preferable to use the following components.

酸成份,可使用環己烷-1,2,4-三羧酸-1,2-無水物。可使用以環己烷-1,2,4-三羧酸-1,2-無水物作為酸成份的聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。 As the acid component, cyclohexane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid-1,2-anhydride can be used. A polyamidoximine resin having a cyclohexane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid-1,2-anhydride as an acid component can be used.

二胺成份,可使用由3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯及4-甲基-1,3-伸苯二胺所成之群所選出之至少1種或2種的化合物,或由3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二異氰酸酯聯苯(o- 甲苯胺二異氰酸酯),及4-甲基-1,3-伸苯二異氰酸酯(伸甲苯基二異氰酸酯)所成之群所選出之至少1種或2種的化合物。 As the diamine component, at least one selected from the group consisting of 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenediamine can be used. Or two compounds, or from 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diisocyanate biphenyl (o- At least one or two compounds selected from the group consisting of toluidine diisocyanate and 4-methyl-1,3-phenylene diisocyanate (tolyl diisocyanate).

又,較佳之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂,可使用含有下述式(7)所表示之結構作為結構單位之化合物。 Further, as the polyacrylamide imide resin, a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (7) as a structural unit can be used.

(式中,R2、R3分別表示氫、碳數1~3之烷基或芳基,其可含有氮、氧、硫、鹵素)。 (wherein R 2 and R 3 each independently represent hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an aryl group, and may contain nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or halogen).

又,全酸成份為100莫耳%時,所例示之酸成份可含有50莫耳%以上、100%以下,更佳為含有70莫耳%以上、100%以下。又,全二胺成份為100莫耳%時,所例示之二胺成份可含有50莫耳%以上、100%以下,更佳為含有70莫耳%以上、100%以下。於該些範圍時,就薄膜化製程中,具有耐熱性、及耐久性,及,所製得之聚醯胺醯亞胺薄膜之耐熱性、表面平滑性,及透明性等,而為特佳。 Further, when the total acid component is 100 mol%, the acid component exemplified may contain 50 mol% or more and 100% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or more and 100% or less. Further, when the total diamine component is 100 mol%, the diamine component exemplified may contain 50 mol% or more and 100% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or more and 100% or less. In these ranges, it is particularly preferable in terms of heat resistance and durability in the film forming process, and heat resistance, surface smoothness, and transparency of the obtained polyimide film. .

所使用的聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之分子量,於N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮中(聚合物濃度0.5g/cm3)、30℃下之對數 黏度時,以具有相當於0.3至2.5cm3/g之分子量者為佳,更佳為具有相當於0.5至2.0cm3/g之分子量者。對數黏度為0.3cm3/g以上時,於形成薄膜等的成型物時,可充分得到機械特性。又,為2.0cm3/g以下時,因溶液黏度不致過高,而容易進行成形加工。 The molecular weight of the polyamidoximine resin used is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (polymer concentration: 0.5 g/cm 3 ), and the logarithmic viscosity at 30 ° C is equivalent to 0.3 to A molecular weight of 2.5 cm 3 /g is preferred, and a molecular weight equivalent to 0.5 to 2.0 cm 3 /g is more preferred. When the logarithmic viscosity is 0.3 cm 3 /g or more, mechanical properties can be sufficiently obtained when a molded article such as a film is formed. Moreover, when it is 2.0 cm 3 /g or less, since the viscosity of the solution is not too high, it is easy to carry out a molding process.

(3)聚醚醯亞胺 (3) polyether quinone

本發明所使用的聚醚醯亞胺。只要為其構造單位中含有芳香核鍵結及醯亞胺鍵結的熱塑性樹脂時,並未有特別之限制,具體而言,以具有下述式(8)或下述式(9)所表示之結構的重複單位之聚醚醯亞胺為佳。 The polyether oximine used in the present invention. The thermoplastic resin having an aromatic nucleus bond and a quinone imine bond in its structural unit is not particularly limited, and specifically, it has a formula (8) or a formula (9) below. The repeating unit of the structure is preferably a polyether oximine.

具有上述式(8)所表示之結構的重複單位之聚醚醯亞胺,可列舉如,奇異電子公司製之商品名「Ultem 1000」(玻璃轉移溫度:216℃)、「Ultem 1010」(玻璃轉移溫度:216℃),具有上述式(9)所表示之結構的重複單位之聚醚醯亞胺,可列舉如,「Ultem CRS5001」(玻璃轉移溫度Tg226℃)等,其他具體例如,三井化學股份有限公司製之商品名「AURUM PL500AM」(玻璃轉移溫度258℃)等。 The polyether sulfimine having a repeating unit of the structure represented by the above formula (8), for example, the trade name "Ultem" manufactured by Singular Electronics Co., Ltd. "1000" (glass transition temperature: 216 ° C), "Ultem 1010" (glass transition temperature: 216 ° C), a polyether sulfimine having a repeating unit of the structure represented by the above formula (9), for example, "Ultem For example, the product name "AURUM PL500AM" (glass transition temperature: 258 ° C) manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd., and the like are exemplified by CRS5001 (glass transition temperature: Tg 226 ° C).

該聚醚醯亞胺之製造方法,並未有特別限制之內容,通常,具有上述式(8)所表示之結構的非晶性聚醚醯亞胺,例如,4,4’-〔異亞丙基雙(p-伸苯基氧)〕二苯二甲酸二酐與m-伸苯二胺之縮聚合物,或具有上述結構式(9)所表示之結構的聚醚醯亞胺,可依公知之方法合成4,4’-〔異亞丙基雙(p-伸苯基氧)〕二苯二甲酸二酐與p-伸苯二胺之縮聚合物。 The method for producing the polyether sulfimine is not particularly limited, and usually, the amorphous polyether quinone having the structure represented by the above formula (8), for example, 4, 4'-[ a condensed polymer of propylbis(p-phenylene oxide)dicarboxylic acid dianhydride and m-phenylenediamine, or a polyetherimine having the structure represented by the above structural formula (9), A condensed polymer of 4,4'-[isopropylidene bis(p-phenylene)]dicarboxylic dianhydride and p-phenylenediamine was synthesized by a known method.

又,聚醚醯亞胺中,於不超過本發明之主旨的範圍時,可含有醯胺基、酯基、磺醯基等可形成共聚的其他單聚物單位。又,聚醚醯亞胺,可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上組合使用。 Further, the polyether oximine may contain other monomer units which can form a copolymerization such as a mercapto group, an ester group or a sulfonyl group, without exceeding the scope of the present invention. Further, the polyether phthalimide may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(4)聚酯醯亞胺 (4) Polyester quinone

具有本發明所使用的醯亞胺構造的樹脂,以於結構單位中含有式(10)所表示之聚酯醯亞胺構造者為佳。 The resin having the quinone imine structure used in the present invention preferably contains a polyester quinone imine structure represented by the formula (10) in a structural unit.

(式(10)中,R1表示具有特定結構的2價之基。R2表示2價之鏈式脂肪族基、2價之環式脂肪族基或2價之芳香族基)。 (In the formula (10), R 1 represents a divalent group having a specific structure. R 2 represents a divalent chain aliphatic group, a divalent cyclic aliphatic group or a divalent aromatic group).

式(10)中,R1分別表示具有式(11)、式(12)或式(13)所表示之結構的2價之基。 In the formula (10), R 1 represents a divalent group having a structure represented by the formula (11), the formula (12) or the formula (13), respectively.

(具有式(11)所表示之結構的2價之基) (a divalent base having the structure represented by the formula (11))

式(11)中,R分別表示2價之鏈式脂肪族基、環式脂肪族基或芳香族基,複數個R,可互相為相同亦可、相異亦可。該些之鏈式脂肪族基、環式脂肪族基或芳香族基,可單獨,或將2種以上組合使用。 In the formula (11), R represents a divalent chain aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group or an aromatic group, and a plurality of R may be the same or different from each other. These chain aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups or aromatic groups may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.

m為1以上之正整數時,以2以上為佳,以3以上為較佳,以4以上為更佳。又,m之上限並未有特別 之限定,較佳為25以下,更佳為20以下,更較佳為10以下。超過25時,耐熱性會有降低之傾向。 When m is a positive integer of 1 or more, it is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and still more preferably 4 or more. Also, the upper limit of m is not special. The limit is preferably 25 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. When it exceeds 25, heat resistance tends to decrease.

前述鏈式脂肪族基、環式脂肪族基或芳香族基,以由「具有2價羥基之鏈式脂肪族化合物」、「具有2價羥基之環式脂肪族化合物」或「具有2價羥基之芳香族化合物」等的二醇所衍生之殘基為佳。又,亦可為由前述二醇與碳酸酯類或光氣等經聚合而得之「聚碳酸酯二醇」所衍生之殘基。 The chain aliphatic group, cyclic aliphatic group or aromatic group is represented by "chain aliphatic compound having a divalent hydroxyl group", "cyclic aliphatic compound having a divalent hydroxyl group" or "having a divalent hydroxyl group" The residue derived from a diol such as an aromatic compound is preferred. Further, it may be a residue derived from a "polycarbonate diol" obtained by polymerizing a diol, a carbonate, or phosgene.

「具有2價羥基之鏈式脂肪族化合物」,可使用具有二個羥基之分支狀,或直鏈狀之二醇。例如,伸烷二醇、聚氧烷二醇、聚酯二醇、聚己內酯二醇等。可作為「具有2價羥基之鏈式脂肪族化合物」使用之具有二個羥基之分支狀或直鏈狀之二醇,例如以下所示。 The "chain aliphatic compound having a divalent hydroxyl group" may be a branched or branched diol having two hydroxyl groups. For example, alkylene glycol, polyoxyalkylene glycol, polyester diol, polycaprolactone diol, and the like. A branched or linear diol having two hydroxyl groups which can be used as a "chain aliphatic compound having a divalent hydroxyl group", for example, is as follows.

伸烷二醇,例如,乙二醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,5-戊二醇、新戊二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、1,8-辛二醇、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇、1,9-壬二醇、1,10-癸烷二醇、1,4-環己二醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇等。 Alkanediol, for example, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl Base-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10 - decanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, and the like.

聚氧烷二醇,例如,二羥甲基丙酸(2,2-雙(羥甲基)丙酸)、二羥甲基丁酸(2,2-雙(羥甲基)丁酸)、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚伸四甲基二醇、聚氧伸四甲基二醇、伸四甲基二醇與新戊二醇之無規共聚物等。較佳為聚氧伸四甲基二醇。 a polyoxyalkylene glycol, for example, dimethylolpropionic acid (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propionic acid), dimethylolbutanoic acid (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)butanoic acid), Polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethyl glycol, polyoxytetramethyl glycol, random copolymer of tetramethyl glycol and neopentyl glycol. Preferred is polyoxytetramethyl diol.

聚酯二醇,例如,由以下所例示之多元醇與 多鹼酸進行反應而得之聚酯二醇等。 a polyester diol, for example, a polyol exemplified below A polyester diol or the like obtained by reacting a polybasic acid.

聚酯二醇所使用的「多元醇成份」,可使用任意的各種多元醇。例如,可使用乙二醇、丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、新戊二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇、環己烷甲醇、新戊基羥基三甲基乙酸酯、雙酚A的環氧乙烷加成物及環氧丙烷加成物、氫化雙酚A的環氧乙烷加成物及環氧丙烷加成物、1,9-壬二醇、2-甲基辛二醇、1,10-十二烷二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、三環癸烷甲醇、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚伸四甲基二醇等的聚醚聚醇等。 As the "polyol component" used in the polyester diol, any of various polyols can be used. For example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol can be used. 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 2,2,4-tri Methyl-1,3-pentanediol, cyclohexanemethanol, neopentylhydroxytrimethylacetate, ethylene oxide adduct of bisphenol A, propylene oxide adduct, hydrogenated bisphenol A Ethylene oxide adduct and propylene oxide adduct, 1,9-nonanediol, 2-methyloctanediol, 1,10-dodecanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl A polyether polyol such as 1,3-propanediol, tricyclodecane methanol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol or polytetramethyl glycol.

聚酯二醇所使用的「多鹼酸成份」,可使用任意的各種多鹼酸。例如,可使用對苯二甲酸、異苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、1,5-萘酸、2,6-萘酸、4,4’-二苯基二羧酸、2,2’-二苯基二羧酸、4,4’-二苯醚二羧酸、己二酸、癸二酸、壬二酸、1,4-環己烷二羧酸、1,3-環己烷二羧酸、1,2-環己烷二羧酸、4-甲基-1,2-環己烷二羧酸、二聚酸等之脂肪族或脂環族二鹼酸。 As the "polybasic acid component" used in the polyester diol, any of various polybasic acids can be used. For example, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthoic acid, 2,6-naphthoic acid, 4,4'-diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 2,2'- can be used. Diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenyl ether dicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, sebacic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1,3-cyclohexane An aliphatic or alicyclic dibasic acid such as a carboxylic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 4-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid or a dimer acid.

聚酯二醇之市售品,具體而言,例如,ODX-688(DIC(股)製脂肪族聚酯二醇:己二酸/新戊二醇/1,6-己二醇、數平均分子量約2000)、Vylon(登錄商標)220(東洋紡(股)製聚酯二醇、數平均分子量約2000)等。 A commercial product of a polyester diol, specifically, for example, ODX-688 (DIC aliphatic polyester diol: adipic acid/neopentyl glycol/1,6-hexanediol, number average) The molecular weight is about 2,000), Vylon (registered trademark) 220 (polyester diol manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight: about 2,000).

聚己內酯二醇,例如,γ-丁基內酯、ε-己內 酯、δ-戊內酯等的內酯類經開環加成反應而製得之聚己內酯二醇等。 Polycaprolactone diol, for example, γ-butyl lactone, ε-hexene A polycaprolactone diol obtained by a ring-opening addition reaction of a lactone such as an ester or δ-valerolactone.

上述的「具有2價羥基之鏈式脂肪族化合物」,可單獨,或將2種以上組合使用。 The above-mentioned "chain-type aliphatic compound having a divalent hydroxyl group" may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.

「具有2價羥基之環式脂肪族化合物」或「具有2價羥基之芳香族化合物」,可使用「芳香環或環己烷環上具有二個羥基之化合物」、「2個酚或脂環式醇以2價官能基鍵結而得之化合物」、「聯苯構造的兩個核上分別具有一個羥基之化合物」、「萘骨架上具有二個羥基之化合物」等。 "A cyclic aliphatic compound having a divalent hydroxy group" or "an aromatic compound having a divalent hydroxy group", "a compound having two hydroxyl groups on an aromatic ring or a cyclohexane ring", "two phenols or an alicyclic ring" may be used. A compound obtained by bonding a divalent functional group with a divalent functional group, a compound having a hydroxyl group on each of two cores of a biphenyl structure, and a compound having two hydroxyl groups on a naphthalene skeleton.

「芳香環或環己烷環上具有二個羥基之化合物」,可使用氫醌、2-甲基氫醌、間苯二酚、兒茶酚、2-苯基氫醌、環己烷二甲醇、三環癸烷甲醇、1,4-二羥基環己烷、1,3-二羥基環己烷、1,2-二羥基環己烷、1,3-金剛烷二醇、二環戊二烯之2水和物、2,3-二羥基安息香酸、2,4-二羥基安息香酸、2,5-二羥基安息香酸、2,6-二羥基安息香酸、3,4-二羥基安息香酸、3,5-二羥基安息香酸等的含羧基之二醇等。 "Aromatic ring or a compound having two hydroxyl groups on a cyclohexane ring", hydroquinone, 2-methylhydroquinone, resorcinol, catechol, 2-phenylhydroquinone, cyclohexanedimethanol can be used. , tricyclodecane methanol, 1,4-dihydroxycyclohexane, 1,3-dihydroxycyclohexane, 1,2-dihydroxycyclohexane, 1,3-adamantanediol, dicyclopentane Alkene 2 water and 2,3-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 3,4-dihydroxybenzoin A carboxyl group-containing diol such as an acid or a 3,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid.

「2個酚」,或,「脂環式醇為由2價官能基鍵結而得之化合物」,例如,可使用4,4’-二羥基二苯醚、4,4’-二羥基二苯碸、4,4’-(9-亞芴基(fluorenylidene))二酚、4,4’-二羥基二環己醚、4,4’-二羥基二環己碸、雙酚A、雙酚F、氫化雙酚A、氫化雙酚F等。 "2 phenols", or "alicyclic alcohols are compounds obtained by bonding a divalent functional group", for example, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 4,4'-dihydroxy group can be used. Benzoquinone, 4,4'-(9-fluorenylidene) diphenol, 4,4'-dihydroxydicyclohexyl ether, 4,4'-dihydroxydicyclohexanide, bisphenol A, double Phenol F, hydrogenated bisphenol A, hydrogenated bisphenol F, and the like.

又,「聯苯構造的兩個核上分別具有一個羥 基之化合物」之例,可使用4,4’-雙酚、3,4’-雙酚、2,2’-雙酚、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-雙酚等。 Also, "the biphenyl structure has one hydroxy group on each of the two cores. For example, 4,4'-bisphenol, 3,4'-bisphenol, 2,2'-bisphenol, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4 can be used. '-bisphenol, etc.

「萘骨架上具有二個羥基之化合物」之例,可用2,6-萘二醇、1,4-萘二醇、1,5-萘二醇、1,8-萘二醇等。 As an example of the "compound having two hydroxyl groups on the naphthalene skeleton", 2,6-naphthalenediol, 1,4-naphthalenediol, 1,5-naphthalenediol, 1,8-naphthalenediol or the like can be used.

前述二醇之數平均分子量,以100以上、30000以下為佳,更佳為150以上、20000以下,特佳為200以上、10000以下。數平均分子量未達100時,無法充分發揮低吸濕性、柔軟性。 The number average molecular weight of the diol is preferably 100 or more and 30,000 or less, more preferably 150 or more and 20,000 or less, and particularly preferably 200 or more and 10,000 or less. When the number average molecular weight is less than 100, the low hygroscopicity and flexibility cannot be sufficiently exhibited.

又,高於30000時,「二醇」之組成內容、構造,將受到隨後說明之二胺成份(或異氰酸酯成份)的組成內容、構造之影響,而會有形成相分離,無法充分發揮機械性特性、無色透明性之情形。 When the content is higher than 30,000, the composition and structure of the "diol" are affected by the composition and structure of the diamine component (or isocyanate component) described later, and phase separation occurs, and mechanical properties cannot be fully exerted. Characteristics, colorless transparency.

聚碳酸酯二醇,可為骨架中具有上述複數種的伸烷基之聚碳酸酯二醇(共聚聚碳酸酯二醇)。例如,2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇與1,9-壬二醇之組合、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇與1,6-己二醇之組合、1,5-戊二醇與1,6-己二醇之組合等經合成而製得之共聚聚碳酸酯二醇等。較佳為經2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇與1,9-壬二醇之組合經合成而製得之共聚聚碳酸酯二醇。該些聚碳酸酯二醇可將2種以上合併使用。 The polycarbonate diol may be a polycarbonate diol (copolycarbonate diol) having the above-mentioned plurality of alkylene groups in the skeleton. For example, a combination of 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol and 1,9-nonanediol, a combination of 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol and 1,6-hexanediol, 1, A copolymerized polycarbonate diol obtained by synthesizing a combination of 5-pentanediol and 1,6-hexanediol. Preferred is a copolymerized polycarbonate diol obtained by synthesizing a combination of 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol and 1,9-nonanediol. These polycarbonate diols can be used in combination of two or more kinds.

可使用的聚碳酸酯二醇之市售品,可列舉如,(股)KURARE製KURAREPOLYOL C系列、旭化成化學(股)DURNOL系列等。例如,KURAREPOLYOL C-1015N、KURAREPOLYOL C-1065N((股)KURARE製碳酸 酯二醇:2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇/1,9-壬二醇、數平均分子量約1000)、KURAREPOLYOL C-2015N、KURAREPOLYOL C2065N((股)KURARE製碳酸酯二醇:2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇/1,9-壬二醇、數平均分子量約2000)、KURAREPOLYOL C-1050、KURAREPOLYOL C-1090((股)KURARE製碳酸酯二醇:3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇/1,6-己二醇、數平均分子量約1000)、KURAREPOLYOL C-2050、KURAREPOLYOL C-2090((股)KURARE製碳酸酯二醇:3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇/1,6-己二醇、數平均分子量約2000)、DURNOL T5650E(旭化成化學(股)製聚碳酸酯二醇:1,5-戊二醇/1,6-己二醇、數平均分子量約500)、DURNOL T5651(旭化成化學(股)製聚碳酸酯二醇:1,5-戊二醇/1,6-己二醇、數平均分子量約1000)、DURNOL T5652(旭化成化學(股)製聚碳酸酯二醇:1,5-戊二醇/1,6-己二醇、數平均分子量約2000)等。較佳為KURAREPOLYOL C-1015N等。 Commercial products of the polycarbonate diol which can be used include, for example, KURAREPOLYOL C series manufactured by KURARE, and DURNOL series manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd. For example, KURAREPOLYOL C-1015N, KURAREPOLYOL C-1065N ((share) KURARE production of carbonic acid Ester diol: 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol/1,9-nonanediol, number average molecular weight about 1000), KURAREPOLYOL C-2015N, KURAREPOLYOL C2065N (() KURARE carbonate diol: 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol/1,9-nonanediol, number average molecular weight about 2000), KURAREPOLYOL C-1050, KURAREPOLYOL C-1090 (() KURARE carbonate diol: 3- Methyl-1,5-pentanediol/1,6-hexanediol, number average molecular weight about 1000), KURAREPOLYOL C-2050, KURAREPOLYOL C-2090 (() KURARE carbonate diol: 3-methyl -1,5-pentanediol/1,6-hexanediol, number average molecular weight about 2000), DURNOL T5650E (asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd. polycarbonate diol: 1,5-pentanediol/1,6 - hexanediol, number average molecular weight about 500), DURNOL T5651 (polycarbonate diol manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemical Co., Ltd.: 1,5-pentanediol / 1,6-hexanediol, number average molecular weight of about 1000), DURNOL T5652 (polycarbonate diol manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemical Co., Ltd.: 1,5-pentanediol/1,6-hexanediol, number average molecular weight: about 2,000). It is preferably KURAREPOLYOL C-1015N or the like.

聚碳酸酯二醇之製造方法,可列舉如,使原料二醇與碳酸酯類之酯交換、原料二醇與光氣之去氯化氫反應等。作為原料之碳酸酯,例如,二甲基碳酸酯、二乙基碳酸酯等之二烷基碳酸酯;二苯基碳酸酯等之二芳基碳酸酯;及乙烯碳酸酯、丙烯碳酸酯等之伸烷基碳酸酯。 The method for producing the polycarbonate diol includes, for example, transesterification of a raw material diol with a carbonate, reaction of a raw material diol with phosgene dehydrogenation, and the like. The carbonate as a raw material is, for example, a dialkyl carbonate such as dimethyl carbonate or diethyl carbonate; a diaryl carbonate such as diphenyl carbonate; and an ethylene carbonate or propylene carbonate. Alkyl carbonate.

(具有式(12)所表示之結構的2價之基) (a divalent base having the structure represented by the formula (12))

將對具有式(12)所表示之結構的2價之基進行說明。 A divalent group having the structure represented by the formula (12) will be described.

式(12)中,R3表示直鏈、伸烷基(-CnH2n-)、全氟伸烷基(-CnF2n-)、醚鍵結(-O-)、酯鍵結(-COO-)、羰基(-CO-)、磺醯基(-S(=O)2-)、亞磺醯基(sulfinyl)(-SO-)、亞碸基(-S-)、碳酸根基(-OCOO-),或亞茀基(fluorenylidene)。n為1以上之正整數。n之上限並未有特別之限定,較佳為10以下,更佳為5以下,更較佳為3以下。X1~X8,可分別為相同亦可、相異亦可,其分別表示氫、鹵素或烷基。 In the formula (12), R 3 represents a linear chain, an alkylene group (-C n H 2n -), a perfluoroalkylene group (-C n F 2n -), an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond. (-COO-), carbonyl (-CO-), sulfonyl (-S(=O) 2 -), sulfinyl (-SO-), fluorenylene (-S-), carbonic acid Root (-OCOO-), or fluorenylidene. n is a positive integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, still more preferably 3 or less. X 1 to X 8 may be the same or different, and each represents hydrogen, halogen or alkyl.

具有式(12)所表示之結構的2價之基之具體例,例如,但並未有特別之限定,可為二苯醚骨架、二苯碸骨架、9-亞芴基(fluorenylidene)二酚骨架、雙酚A骨架、雙酚F骨架、雙酚A之環氧乙烷加成物骨架或雙酚A之環氧丙烷加成物骨架、聯苯骨架、萘骨架等。 Specific examples of the divalent group having the structure represented by the formula (12) are, for example, but not particularly limited, and may be a diphenyl ether skeleton, a diphenylfluorene skeleton, or a 9-fluorenylidene diphenol. The skeleton, the bisphenol A skeleton, the bisphenol F skeleton, the ethylene oxide adduct skeleton of bisphenol A, the propylene oxide adduct skeleton of bisphenol A, the biphenyl skeleton, the naphthalene skeleton, and the like.

前述骨架,以由式(12)的兩個苯環上各具有1個羥基之化合物所衍生之殘基為佳。具有式(12)所表示之結構的2價之基的原料,可使用4,4’-二羥基二苯醚、4,4’-二羥基二苯碸、4,4’-(9-亞芴基)二酚、雙酚A、雙酚F、雙酚A之環氧乙烷加成物、雙酚A之環氧丙烷加成 物、4,4’-雙酚、3,4’-雙酚、2,2’-雙酚、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-雙酚、2,6-萘二醇、1,4-萘二醇、1,5-萘二醇或1,8-萘二醇等。 The above skeleton is preferably a residue derived from a compound having one hydroxyl group on each of two benzene rings of the formula (12). As the raw material of the divalent group having the structure represented by the formula (12), 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl hydrazine, 4,4'-(9-Asia) can be used. Dimethyl phenol, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, ethylene oxide adduct of bisphenol A, propylene oxide addition of bisphenol A , 4,4'-bisphenol, 3,4'-bisphenol, 2,2'-bisphenol, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-bisphenol, 2, 6-naphthalenediol, 1,4-naphthalenediol, 1,5-naphthalenediol or 1,8-naphthalenediol.

較佳為4,4’-二羥基二苯醚、4,4’-二羥基二苯碸、4,4’-(9-亞芴基)二酚或雙酚A之環氧乙烷加成物。特佳為4,4’-二羥基二苯醚或雙酚A之環氧乙烷加成物。 Preferred is ethylene oxide addition of 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl hydrazine, 4,4'-(9-fluorenylene) diol or bisphenol A. Things. Particularly preferred is an ethylene oxide adduct of 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether or bisphenol A.

該些之化合物可單獨,或將2種以上組合使用。使用該些原料時,可於式(10)之R1位,導入前述二苯醚骨架等。 These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When these raw materials are used, the above-mentioned diphenyl ether skeleton or the like can be introduced at the R 1 position of the formula (10).

(具有式(13)所表示之結構的2價之基) (a divalent base having the structure represented by the formula (13))

式(13)中,R4表示直鏈、伸烷基(-CnH2n-)、全氟伸烷基(-CnF2n-)、醚鍵結(-O-)、酯鍵結(-COO-)、羰基(-CO-)、磺醯基(-S(=O)2-)、亞磺醯基(sulfinyl)(-SO-)、亞碸基(-S-)、碳酸根基(-OCOO-),或亞茀基(fluorenylidene)。n為1以上之正整數。n之上限並未有特別之限定,較佳為10以下,更佳為5以下,更較佳為3以下。X1’~X8’,可分別為相同亦可、相異亦可,其分別 表示氫、鹵素或烷基。 In the formula (13), R 4 represents a linear chain, an alkylene group (-C n H 2n -), a perfluoroalkylene group (-C n F 2n -), an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond. (-COO-), carbonyl (-CO-), sulfonyl (-S(=O) 2 -), sulfinyl (-SO-), fluorenylene (-S-), carbonic acid Root (-OCOO-), or fluorenylidene. n is a positive integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, still more preferably 3 or less. X 1 '~X 8 ' may be the same or different, and each represents hydrogen, halogen or alkyl.

具有式(13)所表示之結構的2價之基之具體例,例如,但並未有特別之限定,可為二環己醚骨架、二環己碸骨架、氫化雙酚A骨架、氫化雙酚F骨架、氫化雙酚A之環氧乙烷加成物骨架或氫化雙酚A之環氧丙烷加成物骨架等。 Specific examples of the divalent group having the structure represented by the formula (13) are, for example, but not particularly limited, and may be a dicyclohexyl ether skeleton, a bicyclohexyl skeleton, a hydrogenated bisphenol A skeleton, or a hydrogenation double A phenol F skeleton, an ethylene oxide adduct skeleton of hydrogenated bisphenol A, or a propylene oxide adduct skeleton of hydrogenated bisphenol A.

前述骨架,以由式(13)的兩個環己烷環分別具有1個羥基之化合物所衍生之殘基為佳。具有式(13)所表示之結構的2價之基的原料,可使用4,4’-二羥基二環己醚、4,4’-二羥基二環己碸、氫化雙酚A、氫化雙酚F、氫化雙酚A之環氧乙烷加成物或氫化雙酚A之環氧丙烷加成物等。 The above skeleton is preferably a residue derived from a compound having one hydroxyl group in each of two cyclohexane rings of the formula (13). As the raw material of the divalent group having the structure represented by the formula (13), 4,4'-dihydroxydicyclohexyl ether, 4,4'-dihydroxydicyclohexanide, hydrogenated bisphenol A, hydrogenation double can be used. Phenol F, an ethylene oxide adduct of hydrogenated bisphenol A, or a propylene oxide adduct of hydrogenated bisphenol A, and the like.

較佳為4,4’-二羥基二環己醚或4,4’-二羥基二環己碸。 Preferred is 4,4'-dihydroxydicyclohexyl ether or 4,4'-dihydroxydicyclohexanide.

該些之化合物可單獨,或將2種以上組合使用。使用該些之原料時,可於式(10)之R1位,導入前述二環己醚骨架等。 These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When these raw materials are used, the above-mentioned dicyclohexyl ether skeleton or the like can be introduced at the R 1 position of the formula (10).

對式(10)之結構,舉一例示說明時,可將環己烷三羧酸酐之鹵化物與二醇類進行反應而製得含有酯基之四羧酸二酐,其次,將含有該酯基之四羧酸二酐與二胺或二異氰酸酯等進行縮合反應(聚亞醯胺化)而可製得。 When the structure of the formula (10) is exemplified, a halide of cyclohexanetricarboxylic anhydride can be reacted with a diol to obtain a tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing an ester group, and secondly, the ester will be contained. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be obtained by a condensation reaction (polyimidization) with a diamine or a diisocyanate.

(具有式(14)所表示之結構的2價之基) (having a divalent base of the structure represented by the formula (14))

聚酯醯亞胺樹脂,可於結構單位中再含有式(14)所表 示之結構。 Polyester quinone imine resin, which can contain the formula (14) in the structural unit The structure of the show.

將對式(10)之R2及式(14)之R2’進行說明。R2及R2’,只要各自獨立表示2價之鏈式脂肪族基、2價之環式脂肪族基或2價之芳香族基時,並未有特別之限定。該些之「2價之鏈式脂肪族基」、「2價之環式脂肪族基」、「2價之芳香族基」,可單獨,或將2種以上組合使用。 R 2 of the formula (10) and R 2 ' of the formula (14) will be described. R 2 and R 2 ' are not particularly limited as long as they independently represent a divalent chain aliphatic group, a divalent cyclic aliphatic group or a divalent aromatic group. The "two-valent chain aliphatic group", the "two-valent cyclic aliphatic group", and the "two-valent aromatic group" may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

較佳為R2為具有下述式(15)所表示之結構的2價之基、R2’為具有下述式(16)所表示之結構的2價之基。 R 2 is a divalent group having a structure represented by the following formula (15), and R 2 ' is a divalent group having a structure represented by the following formula (16).

(具有式(15)所表示之結構的2價之基) (having a divalent base of the structure represented by the formula (15))

前述式(10)中之R2,就耐熱性、柔軟性、低吸濕性之平衡等,以具有式(15)所表示之結構的2價之基為佳。 R 2 in the above formula (10) is preferably a divalent group having a structure represented by the formula (15) in terms of a balance of heat resistance, flexibility, and low hygroscopicity.

式(15)中,R5表示直鏈、伸烷基(-CnH2n-)、全氟伸烷基(-CnF2n-)、醚鍵結(-O-)、酯鍵結(-COO-)、羰基(-CO-)、磺醯基(-S(=O)2-)、亞磺醯基(-SO-)或亞碸基(-S-)。n以1以上、10以下之正整數為佳,更佳為1以上、5以下,特佳為1以上、3以下。X9~X16,可為相同亦可、相異亦可,其分別表示氫、鹵素或烷基。 In the formula (15), R 5 represents a linear chain, an alkylene group (-C n H 2n -), a perfluoroalkylene group (-C n F 2n -), an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond. (-COO-), carbonyl (-CO-), sulfonyl (-S(=O) 2 -), sulfinyl (-SO-) or fluorenylene (-S-). n is preferably a positive integer of 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less. X 9 to X 16 may be the same or different, and each represents hydrogen, halogen or alkyl.

(具有式(16)所表示之結構的2價之基) (having a divalent base of the structure represented by the formula (16))

前述式(14)中之R2’,就耐熱性、柔軟性、低吸濕性之平衡等,以具有式(16)所表示之結構的2價之基為佳。 R 2 ' in the above formula (14) is preferably a divalent group having a structure represented by the formula (16) in terms of a balance of heat resistance, flexibility, and low hygroscopicity.

式(16)中,R5’表示直鏈、伸烷基(-CnH2n-)、全氟伸烷基(-CnF2n-)、醚鍵結(-O-)、酯鍵結(-COO-)、羰 基(-CO-)、磺醯基(-S(=O)2-)、亞磺醯基(-SO-)或亞碸基(-S-)。n以1以上、10以下之正整數為佳,更佳為1以上、5以下,特佳為1以上、3以下。X9’~X16’,可為相同亦可、相異亦可,其分別表示氫、鹵素或烷基。 In the formula (16), R 5 ' represents a linear chain, an alkylene group (-C n H 2n -), a perfluoroalkylene group (-C n F 2n -), an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond. A knot (-COO-), a carbonyl group (-CO-), a sulfonyl group (-S(=O) 2 -), a sulfinyl group (-SO-) or an anthranylene group (-S-). n is preferably a positive integer of 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less. X 9 '~X 16 ' may be the same or different, and each represents hydrogen, halogen or alkyl.

式(10)及式(14)中,為將「2價之鏈式脂肪族基」、「2價之環式脂肪族基」或「2價之芳香族基」導入式(10)之R2位及式(14)之R2’位時,以分別使用所對應的二胺成份或二異氰酸酯成份為佳。即,經由適當地選擇「芳香族二胺或與其對應之芳香族二異氰酸酯」、「環式脂肪族二胺或與其對應之環式脂肪族二異氰酸酯」、「鏈式脂肪族二胺或與其對應之鏈式脂肪族二異氰酸酯」時,可製得具有優良的耐熱性、柔軟性、低吸濕性之聚酯醯亞胺樹脂。 In the formulas (10) and (14), the "two-valent chain aliphatic group", the "two-valent cyclic aliphatic group" or the "two-valent aromatic group" are introduced into the formula (10). In the case of the 2 position and the R 2 ' position of the formula (14), it is preferred to use the corresponding diamine component or diisocyanate component, respectively. In other words, the "aromatic diamine or the corresponding aromatic diisocyanate", the "cyclic aliphatic diamine or the corresponding cyclic aliphatic diisocyanate", or the "chain aliphatic diamine" or the corresponding In the case of a chain aliphatic diisocyanate, a polyester quinone imine resin having excellent heat resistance, flexibility, and low hygroscopicity can be obtained.

式(10)之R2及式(14)之R2’的二胺成份或與其對應之二異氰酸酯成份,可為相同或相異皆可。於考量後述較佳之製造方法時,以相同者為佳。 The diamine component of R 2 of the formula (10) and the R 2 ' of the formula (14) or the diisocyanate component corresponding thereto may be the same or different. In the case of a preferred manufacturing method to be described later, the same is preferred.

將對使用R2及R2’作為基本骨架之二胺成份或與其對應之二異氰酸酯成份進行說明。 The diamine component using R 2 and R 2 ' as a basic skeleton or a diisocyanate component corresponding thereto will be described.

「芳香族二胺或與其對應之芳香族二異氰酸酯」,具體而言,以二胺化合物作為例示時,例如,2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、p-伸苯二胺、m-伸苯二胺、2,4-二胺基甲苯、2,5-二胺基甲苯、2,4-二胺基二甲苯、2,4-二胺基荰(durene)、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2-甲基苯胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2-乙基苯胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙 (2,6-二甲基苯胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2,6-二乙基苯胺)、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯醚、2,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯碸、3,3’-二胺基二苯碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二胺基二苯基硫醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯基硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基丙烷、3,3’-二胺基二苯基丙烷、4,4’-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、P-二甲苯二胺、m-二甲苯二胺、1,4-萘二胺、1,5-萘二胺、2,6-萘二胺、2,7-萘二胺、聯苯胺、3,3’-二羥基聯苯胺、3,3’-二甲氧基聯苯胺、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二乙氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、o-甲苯胺、m-甲苯胺、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙(4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基)碸、雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)碸、2,2-雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、二胺基聯三苯等。又,該些可將2種以上合併使用。 "Aromatic diamine or an aromatic diisocyanate corresponding thereto", specifically, when a diamine compound is exemplified, for example, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, p-phenylenediamine , m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 2,4-diaminoxylene, 2,4-diaminopurine (durene), 4, 4'-Diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-methyl bis(2-methylaniline), 4,4'-methyl bis(2-ethylaniline), 4,4'- Methyl double (2,6-dimethylaniline), 4,4'-extended methyl bis(2,6-diethylaniline), 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diamine Diphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl hydrazine, 3,3'-diamino group Benzoquinone, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diamine Diphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminobenzimidil, P-xylene Diamine, m-xylylenediamine, 1,4-naphthalenediamine, 1,5-naphthalenediamine, 2,6-naphthalenediamine, 2,7-naphthalenediamine, benzidine, 3,3'- Dihydroxybenzidine, 3,3'-dimethoxybenzidine, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4' -diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3 '-Dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, o-toluidine, m-toluidine, 1 , 4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-double ( 3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis(4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl)anthracene, bis(4- (4-Aminophenoxy)phenyl)indole, 2,2-bis(4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-aminobenzene) Oxy)phenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, diamine-linked triphenyl, and the like. Further, these may be used in combination of two or more kinds.

又,「環式脂肪族二胺或與其對應之環式脂肪族二異氰酸酯」,以二胺化合物作為例示時,例如,反式-1,4-二胺基環己烷、順式-1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,4-二胺基環己烷(反式/順式混合物)、1,3-二胺基環己烷、4,4’-伸甲基雙(環己基胺)(反式體、順式體、反式/順式混合物)、 異佛爾酮二胺、1,4-環己烷雙(甲基胺)、2,5-雙(胺甲基)雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷、2,6-雙(胺甲基)雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷、3,8-雙(胺甲基)三環〔5.2.1.0〕癸烷、1,3-二胺基金剛烷、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2-甲基環己基胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2-乙基環己基胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2,6-二甲基環己基胺)、4,4’-伸甲基雙(2,6-二乙基環己基胺)、2,2-雙(4-胺基環己基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基環己基)六氟丙烷等。又,該些可將2種以上合併使用。 Further, the "cyclic aliphatic diamine or the cyclic aliphatic diisocyanate corresponding thereto" is exemplified by a diamine compound, for example, trans-1,4-diaminocyclohexane, cis-1, 4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane (trans/cis mixture), 1,3-diaminocyclohexane, 4,4'-extended methyl double (ring Hexylamine) (trans, cis, trans/cis mixtures), Isophoronediamine, 1,4-cyclohexanebis(methylamine), 2,5-bis(aminomethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,6-bis(aminemethyl) Bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane, 3,8-bis(aminomethyl)tricyclo[5.2.1.0]nonane, 1,3-diamine adamantane, 4,4'-extended methyl double (2 -Methylcyclohexylamine), 4,4'-methyl bis(2-ethylcyclohexylamine), 4,4'-methyl bis(2,6-dimethylcyclohexylamine), 4 , 4'-Extended methyl bis(2,6-diethylcyclohexylamine), 2,2-bis(4-aminocyclohexyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminocyclohexyl)hexa Fluoropropane, etc. Further, these may be used in combination of two or more kinds.

「鏈式脂肪族二胺或與其對應之鏈式脂肪族二異氰酸酯」,以二胺化合物作為例示時,例如,1,3-丙烷二胺、1,4-伸四甲基二胺、1,5-伸五甲基二胺、1,6-伸六甲基二胺、1,7-伸七甲基二胺、1,8-伸八甲基二胺、1,9-伸九甲基二胺等。又,該些可將2種以上合併使用。 The "chain aliphatic diamine or the chain aliphatic diisocyanate corresponding thereto" is exemplified by a diamine compound, for example, 1,3-propanediamine, 1,4-tetramethyldiamine, 1, 5-extended pentamethyldiamine, 1,6-exeting hexamethyldiamine, 1,7-exeting heptamethyldiamine, 1,8-extended octamethyldiamine, 1,9-extension Diamine and the like. Further, these may be used in combination of two or more kinds.

就耐熱性、柔軟性、低吸濕性之平衡等觀點,作為式(10)中之R2及式(14)中之R2’之二胺成份或與其對應之二異氰酸酯成份中的較佳成份,以二胺化合物作為例示時,例如,由p-伸苯二胺、2,4-二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、1,5-萘二胺、o-甲苯胺、二胺基聯三苯、4,4’-伸甲基雙(環己基胺)、異佛爾酮二胺等所衍生之殘基。更佳為由4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、1,5-萘二胺、o-甲苯胺,特佳為由4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、o-甲苯胺,最佳為由4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、o-甲苯胺所衍生之殘基。 Of heat resistance, flexibility, low moisture absorption of the balance point of view, the formula (10) and R 2 in the formula (14) in the R 2 'corresponding to the diamine component or the diisocyanate component in the preferred The composition, when exemplified by a diamine compound, is, for example, p-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diamino group Residues derived from diphenyl ether, 1,5-naphthalenediamine, o-toluidine, diaminotriphenyl, 4,4'-methyl bis(cyclohexylamine), isophorone diamine, etc. base. More preferably from 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 1,5-naphthalenediamine, o-toluidine, particularly preferably 4,4' -diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, o-toluidine, preferably derived from 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, o-toluidine Residues.

本發明的聚亞醯胺中,因含有氟化聚亞醯胺,故就使聚亞醯胺薄膜具有優良透明性之觀點,及容易經由熱收縮進行熱矯正之觀點而為較佳。氟之含有率,於薄膜中含有1~40質量%之範圍時,可提高本發明之效果而為較佳。 Since the polymethyleneamine of the present invention contains fluorinated polyamidamine, it is preferable from the viewpoint of having excellent transparency of the polyimide film and heat correction by heat shrinkage. When the content of fluorine is in the range of 1 to 40% by mass in the film, the effect of the present invention can be improved.

<聚亞醯胺薄膜之物性> <Physical properties of polyamidamine film> (全光線穿透率) (full light penetration rate)

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜,以透明的聚亞醯胺薄膜為佳,就透明性之標準而言,於製得厚度55μm之樣品時,全光線穿透率以80%以上為佳,以85%以上為較佳,以90%以上為更佳。全光線穿透率越高時可使透明性越高,而為較佳。全光線穿透率為80%以上之數值記載,為表示其較佳範圍者。 The polyimine film of the present invention is preferably a transparent polyimide film. In terms of transparency, when the sample having a thickness of 55 μm is obtained, the total light transmittance is preferably 80% or more. More than 85% is preferred, and more preferably 90% or more. The higher the total light transmittance, the higher the transparency, and the better. The value of the total light transmittance of 80% or more is described as a preferred range.

聚亞醯胺薄膜的全光線穿透率,為於23℃‧55%RH之空調室,將24小時調濕後之聚亞醯胺薄膜樣品1片,依JIS K 7375-2008規定進行測定。測定為使用(股)日立高科技的分光光度計U-3300,測定於可見光區域(400~700nm之範圍)之穿透率。 The total light transmittance of the polyimide film was measured in an air-conditioned room at ‧55% RH at 23 ° C, and a sample of a polyimide film which was conditioned for 24 hours was measured in accordance with JIS K 7375-2008. The measurement was performed using a spectrophotometer U-3300 of Hitachi High-Tech Co., Ltd., and the transmittance in the visible light region (range of 400 to 700 nm) was measured.

可選擇上述聚亞醯胺之種類,以將全光線穿透率調整為80%以上。 The type of polyamine can be selected to adjust the total light transmittance to 80% or more.

(黃色指數值(YI值)) (yellow index value (YI value))

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜,以無色的聚亞醯胺薄膜為 佳。無色之標準為,黃色指數值(YI值)以4.0以下為佳,更佳為0.3~2.0之範圍內、特佳為0.3~1.6之範圍內。黃色指數值(YI值)越小時,表示著色越少,而為較佳。黃色指數值(YI值)為4.0以下之數值記載,為表示其較佳範圍者。 The polyamidamine film of the invention is a colorless polyamidamine film good. The colorless standard is that the yellow index value (YI value) is preferably 4.0 or less, more preferably 0.3 to 2.0, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 1.6. The smaller the yellow index value (YI value), the smaller the coloring, and the better. The yellow index value (YI value) is a numerical value of 4.0 or less, and is a preferred range.

前述YI值之值,可經由選擇上述聚亞醯胺之種類而可調整。 The value of the aforementioned YI value can be adjusted by selecting the type of the above polyamine.

黃色指數值,為依JIS K 7103所規定之薄膜的YI(黃色指數:黃色度之係數)所求得者。 The yellow index value is obtained by the YI (yellow index: coefficient of yellowness) of the film specified in JIS K 7103.

黃色指數值之測定方法為,製作薄膜之樣品,再使用(股)日立高科技之分光光度計U-3300與所附屬的彩度計算程式等,求取JIS Z 8701所規定的光源色之三刺激值X、Y、Z,並依下式之定義求得黃色指數值。 The method for measuring the yellow index value is to prepare a sample of the film, and then use the Hitachi Hi-Tech spectrophotometer U-3300 and the attached chroma calculation program to obtain the third color of the light source specified in JIS Z 8701. The stimulus values X, Y, and Z are obtained, and the yellow index value is obtained according to the definition of the following formula.

黃色指數值(YI值)=100(1.28X-1.06Z)/Y Yellow index value (YI value) = 100 (1.28X-1.06Z) / Y

(溶解度) (solubility)

本發明的聚亞醯胺,於60℃中,溶解於二甲基乙醯胺100g或γ-丁內酯100g之臨界量(溶解度)為1g以上。故只要對二甲基乙醯胺100g或γ-丁內酯100g中任一者之溶解度為1g以上者即可。溶解度為1g以上時,可容易使用溶液延流法製造。溶解度越大時,以其更容易使用溶液延流法予以製造,而為較佳。溶解度為1g以上之數值記載,為表示可溶性聚亞醯胺之較佳範圍的標準。 The polyamidene of the present invention has a critical amount (solubility) of 100 g of dimethylacetamide or 100 g of γ-butyrolactone dissolved at 60 ° C of 1 g or more. Therefore, the solubility of either 100 g of dimethylacetamide or 100 g of γ-butyrolactone may be 1 g or more. When the solubility is 1 g or more, it can be easily produced by a solution extension method. When the solubility is larger, it is more preferably produced by a solution extension method. The numerical value of the solubility of 1 g or more is a standard which shows the preferable range of soluble polyimine.

本發明的聚亞醯胺之溶解度,可以選擇前述本發明所使用的聚亞醯胺之種類的方式予以調整。 The solubility of the polymethyleneamine of the present invention can be adjusted in such a manner that the type of the polyimide used in the present invention can be selected.

為使聚亞醯胺具有可溶性,一般以降低可以使聚亞醯胺的分子骨架之平面性向提高方向作動之的醯亞胺基及芳香族烴之結構的比例為有效者。又,導入結構異構物、彎曲基、將脂肪族基或脂環式基替代芳香族基導入、導入氟原子或茀等體積密度較高骨架者亦為有效。 In order to make the polyimine soluble, it is generally effective to reduce the ratio of the structure of the quinone imine group and the aromatic hydrocarbon which can act to improve the planarity of the molecular skeleton of the polyamidamine. Further, it is also effective to introduce a structural isomer, a bent group, or introduce an aliphatic group or an alicyclic group into an aromatic group, and introduce a fluorine atom or a skeleton having a high bulk density.

化合物,例如,脂環式、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、(雙環〔4.2.0〕辛烷-3,4,7,8-四羧酸二酐)雙環〔2.2.1〕庚烷二甲烷胺、具有撓曲基之構造者,例如,2,3’,3,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,4’-氧代二苯二甲酸酐、4,4’氧代二苯二甲酸酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)丙二酐、雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、2,2-雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙(3-胺基苯基)碸、3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4’-二胺基二苯醚等。 a compound, for example, an alicyclic, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4, 5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, (bicyclo[4.2.0] Octane-3,4,7,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanedimethaneamine, a structure having a flexural group, for example, 2,3',3,4'-linked Pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,4'-oxophthalic anhydride, 4,4' oxydiphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid Anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenyl)malonate, bis[4 -(4-Aminophenoxy)phenyl]anthracene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy) Benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, bis(3-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3' - Diaminobenzophenone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and the like.

又,含有氟原子之化合物,例如,4,4’-(六氟異亞丙基)二苯二甲酸酐、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷,含有茀基之化合物,例如,9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-氟苯基)茀、9,9-雙〔4-(3,4-二羧基苯 氧基)-苯基〕茀無水物、9,9-雙〔4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)-苯基〕茀無水物、9,9-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)茀二酐等。 Further, a compound containing a fluorine atom, for example, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 2,2-dual ( 3-Amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, a compound containing a mercapto group, for example, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-fluorophenyl)anthracene, 9,9-bis[4- (3,4-dicarboxybenzene Oxy)-phenyl]indole anhydrate, 9,9-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)-phenyl]indole anhydrate, 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyl Phenyl) phthalic anhydride or the like.

(濁度值) (turbidity value)

本發明中,於熱處理後的滾筒體之聚亞醯胺薄膜,以其濁度值為4%以下時,可提高聚亞醯胺薄膜透明性之觀點而為更佳。 In the present invention, the polyiminamide film of the drum body after the heat treatment has a haze value of 4% or less, and it is more preferable from the viewpoint of improving the transparency of the polyimide film.

濁度之測定,為依JIS K 7136為基準,使用濁度計測器NDH-2000(日本電色工業股份有限公司製)測定濁度(全濁度)者。於23℃‧55%RH之條件下測定時,濁度計測器之光源為使用5V9W之鹵素球,受光部為使用矽光電池(附有比視感度過濾器)。 For the measurement of the turbidity, the turbidity (full turbidity) was measured using a turbidity meter NDH-2000 (manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.) based on JIS K 7136. When measured under the conditions of 23 ° C and ‧55% RH, the light source of the turbidity meter is a halogen ball using 5V9W, and the light receiving unit is a light-emitting battery (with a specific sensitivity filter).

(濁度值之面方向的偏差(標準偏差)) (deviation of the turbidity value in the direction of the surface (standard deviation))

本發明中,熱處理後之滾筒體的聚亞醯胺薄膜中,濁度值之面方向的偏差較小,其標準偏差為1以下。更佳為0.6以下。 In the present invention, in the polyimide film of the drum body after the heat treatment, the variation in the surface direction of the haze value is small, and the standard deviation is 1 or less. More preferably 0.6 or less.

標準偏差(σ)為,相對於測定值之平均值的分散σ2之平方根。 The standard deviation (σ) is the square root of the dispersion σ 2 with respect to the average value of the measured values.

平均值,可依下述式所算出(其中,xi為各測定值,n為測定點之數目)。 The average value can be calculated by the following formula (where x i is each measured value, and n is the number of measurement points).

分散σ2可依下述式計算而得。 The dispersion σ 2 can be calculated by the following formula.

濁度值之面方向的標準偏差之測定,為使用1000~1900mm寬之滾筒體的聚亞醯胺薄膜。其係於滾筒體之寬度方向中,以100mm間隔、5點之方式,進行上述濁度值之測定。其係對3根滾筒體進行測定,共計對150~285點進行濁度之測定。 The standard deviation of the surface direction of the turbidity value was measured using a polyimide film having a drum body of 1000 to 1900 mm width. The turbidity value was measured in the width direction of the drum body at intervals of 100 mm and 5 points. The measurement was carried out on three drum bodies, and the total turbidity was measured at 150 to 285 points.

計算共計150~285點之濁度值的標準偏差,作為面方向的濁度值之偏差(標準偏差)。 The standard deviation of the turbidity values of 150 to 285 points was calculated as the deviation (standard deviation) of the turbidity value in the plane direction.

<無機微粒子> <Inorganic microparticles>

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜中,為混合有無機微粒子。 In the polyamidamine film of the present invention, inorganic fine particles are mixed.

無機微粒子於聚亞醯胺薄膜中之混合比例為0.01質量%以上時,可改良平滑性。因此,不容易造成長型捲取的聚亞醯胺薄膜之平面性劣化。又,為2.0質量%以下時,具有防止聚亞醯胺薄膜濁度增加之效果。 When the mixing ratio of the inorganic fine particles in the polyimide film is 0.01% by mass or more, the smoothness can be improved. Therefore, the planarity of the long-twisted polyimide film is not easily deteriorated. Moreover, when it is 2.0% by mass or less, it has an effect of preventing an increase in the turbidity of the polyimide film.

無機微粒子,以使用下述無機化合物之微粒子為佳。無機化合物之微粒子之例,例如,二氧化矽、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、氧化鋯、碳酸鈣、滑石、黏土、燒成高嶺土、燒成矽酸鈣、水和矽酸鈣、矽酸鋁、矽酸鎂及磷酸鈣等。微粒子中含有矽時,就降低濁度之觀點而為較佳,特別是以二氧化矽為佳。 As the inorganic fine particles, fine particles using the following inorganic compound are preferred. Examples of fine particles of inorganic compounds, for example, ceria, titania, alumina, zirconia, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium citrate, water and calcium citrate, aluminum citrate, citric acid Magnesium and calcium phosphate. When ruthenium is contained in the fine particles, it is preferable from the viewpoint of lowering the turbidity, and particularly preferably ruthenium dioxide.

微粒子的一次粒子之平均粒徑,以5~400nm之範圍內為佳,更佳為10~300nm之範圍內。該些以含有主要粒徑為0.05~0.3μm之範圍內的2次凝集體者為佳,為平均粒徑80~400nm之範圍內的粒子時,則無須進行凝集,而可含有一次粒子亦佳。 The average particle diameter of the primary particles of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 400 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 300 nm. It is preferable that the particles contain a secondary aggregate in a range of 0.05 to 0.3 μm in the main particle diameter, and if the particles have an average particle diameter of 80 to 400 nm, aggregation is not required, and the primary particles are preferably contained. .

無機微粒子的一次粒子之平均粒徑越小時,就本發明效果之面方向的濁度值的偏差較低之觀點,而為較佳。一次粒子之平均粒徑,以30nm以下為佳,以10nm以下為較佳。 The smaller the average particle diameter of the primary particles of the inorganic fine particles, the better the difference in the haze value in the surface direction of the effect of the present invention is. The average particle diameter of the primary particles is preferably 30 nm or less, and more preferably 10 nm or less.

又,使無機微粒子進行表面修飾,使表面更具有疏水性時,就本發明之效果的面方向之濁度值的偏差較低之觀點,而為較佳。 Further, when the inorganic fine particles are surface-modified to make the surface more hydrophobic, the difference in the haze value in the surface direction of the effect of the present invention is preferably low.

無機微粒子之疏水性處理中,表面修飾劑,可列舉如,甲基(三甲氧基)矽烷、乙基(三甲氧基)矽烷、己基(三甲氧基)矽烷、癸基(三甲氧基)矽烷、乙烯基(三甲氧基)矽烷、2-〔(3,4)-環氧環己基〕乙基(三甲氧基)矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基(三甲氧基)矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基(三甲氧基)矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基(三甲氧基)矽 烷、二甲基矽烷基、烷基矽烷、三甲基矽烷基、矽氧油(silicone oil)、十二烷基苯磺酸等。 In the hydrophobic treatment of the inorganic fine particles, the surface modifying agent may, for example, be methyl(trimethoxy)decane, ethyl(trimethoxy)decane, hexyl(trimethoxy)decane or decyl(trimethoxy)decane. , vinyl (trimethoxy) decane, 2-[(3,4)-epoxycyclohexyl]ethyl (trimethoxy)decane, 3-glycidoxypropyl (trimethoxy)decane, 3 -Methyl propylene oxiranyl (trimethoxy) decane, 3-propenyl methoxypropyl (trimethoxy) fluorene Alkane, dimethyl decyl, alkyl decane, trimethyl decyl, silicone oil, dodecyl benzene sulfonic acid, and the like.

例如,具有環氧基者,可列舉如,2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧丙基(二甲氧基)甲基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷、二乙氧基(3-環氧丙氧丙基)甲基矽烷等例示。 For example, those having an epoxy group include, for example, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyl(dimethoxy)methylnonane, and 3 - Illustrative examples of glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, diethoxy(3-glycidoxypropyl)methyldecane, and the like.

又,具有胺基之矽烷耦合劑,可列舉如,3-(2-胺基乙胺基)丙基二甲氧甲基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙胺基)丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(3-胺基丙胺基)丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(3-胺基丙胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基二乙氧甲基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等。 Further, the decane coupling agent having an amine group may, for example, be 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyldimethoxymethylnonane or 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxy. Decane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltriethoxydecane, 3-(3-aminopropylamino)propyltriethoxydecane, 3-(3-aminopropylamino)propane Trimethoxy decane, 3-aminopropyl diethoxymethyl decane, 3-aminopropyl triethoxy decane, 3-aminopropyl trimethoxy decane, and the like.

3官能性烷氧基矽烷,可列舉如,2-〔(3,4)-環氧環己基〕乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等,該些可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用 The trifunctional alkoxydecane may, for example, be 2-[(3,4)-epoxycyclohexyl]ethyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-ring Oxypropoxypropyltriethoxydecane, etc., these may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

3官能性烷氧基矽烷,可依公知的方法合成。又,市售品,可使用2-〔(3,4)-環氧環己基〕乙基三甲氧基矽烷之「KBM-303」(信越化學工業公司製)、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷之「KBM-403」(信越化學工業公司製)。 The trifunctional alkoxydecane can be synthesized by a known method. Further, as a commercially available product, "KBM-303" (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), 3-glycidoxypropane, 2-[(3,4)-epoxycyclohexyl]ethyltrimethoxydecane can be used. "KBM-403" (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) of triethoxy decane.

具有胺基的表面處理劑,例如,胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三 甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙胺基)丙基二甲氧甲基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙胺基)丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(3-胺基丙胺基)丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(3-胺基丙胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基二乙氧甲基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷O-磷醯基乙醇胺,含氟烷氧基矽烷,可列舉如,三乙氧基氟矽烷、三乙氧基三氟甲基矽烷、1,1,2,2-四氫全氟己基三乙氧基矽烷、三乙氧基-3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,6-九氟己基矽烷、三乙氧基〔4-(三氟甲基)苯基〕矽烷,及三乙氧基(3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,10-十七氟癸基)矽烷等。 A surface treating agent having an amine group, for example, aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxy Base decane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl three Methoxydecane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyldimethoxymethylnonane, 3- (2-Aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltriethoxydecane, 3-(3-aminopropylamino)propyltriethoxy Baseline, 3-(3-aminopropylamino)propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyldiethoxymethyldecane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyl Trimethoxy decane O-phospholethanolamine, fluorine-containing alkoxy decane, for example, triethoxyfluorodecane, triethoxytrifluoromethylnonane, 1,1,2,2-tetrahydrogen Perfluorohexyltriethoxydecane, triethoxy-3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,6-nonafluorohexyldecane, triethoxy[4-(trifluoromethyl) Phenyl]decane, and triethoxy (3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,10-heptadecafluorodecyl) ) decane, etc.

聚亞醯胺薄膜中的該些之微粒子之含量,以於0.01~1質量%之範圍內為更佳,特別是以0.05~0.5質量%之範圍內為佳。 The content of the fine particles in the polyimide film is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1% by mass, particularly preferably in the range of 0.05 to 0.5% by mass.

使用共延流法進行多層構成之聚亞醯胺薄膜時,以表面含有上述添加量的微粒子為佳。 When a polythene film having a multilayer structure is formed by a co-precipitation method, it is preferred that the surface contains the above-mentioned added amount of fine particles.

二氧化矽微粒子,例如,可使用AEROSIL R972、R972V、R974、R812、200、200V、300、R202、OX50、TT600(以上為日本AEROSIL、股份有限公司製)之商品名於市面販售者。 As the cerium oxide microparticles, for example, AEROSIL R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 (the above is manufactured by Japan AEROSIL Co., Ltd.) can be used as a commercial product.

氧化鋯微粒子,例如,可使用AEROSIL R976及R811(以上日本AEROSIL股份有限公司製)之商品名於市面販售者。 For the zirconia fine particles, for example, AEROSIL R976 and R811 (manufactured by Japan AEROSIL Co., Ltd.) can be used as market names.

樹脂微粒子之例,例如,聚矽氧樹脂、氟樹 脂及丙烯酸樹脂。又以聚矽氧樹脂為佳,特別是以具有立體網狀構造者為佳,例如,可TOSPEARL 103、同105、同108、同120、同145、同3120及同240(以上MOMENTIVE公司製)之商品名於市面販售者。 Examples of resin fine particles, for example, polyoxyn resin, fluorine tree Grease and acrylic resin. Further, a polyoxyxylene resin is preferable, and those having a three-dimensional network structure are preferable, and for example, TOSPEARL 103, the same 105, the same 108, the same 120, the same 145, the same 3120, and the same 240 (above MOMENTIVE) The trade name is sold to the market.

該些之中,又以AEROSIL 200V、AEROSIL R972V,可使聚亞醯胺薄膜保持低濁度的同時,且具有更大的降低摩擦係數之效果,而為特佳。 Among them, AEROSIL 200V and AEROSIL R972V make it possible to keep the polyimide film low turbidity and have a larger effect of lowering the friction coefficient.

<其他的添加劑> <Other additives> (紫外線吸收劑) (UV absorber)

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜,以含有紫外線吸收劑,而可提高耐光性之觀點而為較佳。紫外線吸收劑為吸收400nm以下之紫外線,而提高耐光性者為目的,特別是於波長370nm之穿透率為0.1~30%之範圍者為佳,更佳為1~20%之範圍,更較佳為2~10%之範圍。 The polyamidamine film of the present invention is preferred because it contains an ultraviolet absorber and can improve light resistance. The ultraviolet absorber is intended to absorb ultraviolet rays of 400 nm or less and to improve light resistance, and particularly preferably has a transmittance of 370 nm at a wavelength of from 0.001 to 30%, more preferably from 1 to 20%, more preferably. Good is 2~10% range.

本發明中較佳使用的紫外線吸收劑,可列舉如,苯併三唑系紫外線吸收劑、二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑、三系紫外線吸收劑、特佳為苯併三唑系紫外線吸收劑及二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑。 The ultraviolet absorber preferably used in the present invention may, for example, be a benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber, a benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber, or the like. It is a UV absorber, particularly preferably a benzotriazole-based UV absorber and a benzophenone-based UV absorber.

例如,5-氯-2-(3,5-二-sec-丁基-2-羥苯基)-2H-苯併三唑、(2-2H-苯併三唑-2-基)-6-(直鏈及側鏈之十二烷基)-4-甲基酚、2-羥基-4-苄基氧二苯甲酮、2,4-苄基氧二苯甲酮等,又,例如,較佳可使用Tinuvin 109、Tinuvin 171、Tinuvin 234、Tinuvin 326、Tinuvin 327、Tinuvin 328、 Tinuvin 928等的Tinuvin類,該些中,任一種皆為BASF日本(股)製之市售品。該些之中,又以不具有鹵素者為佳。 For example, 5-chloro-2-(3,5-di-sec-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, (2-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-6 - (dual chain and side chain dodecyl)-4-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-benzyloxybenzophenone, etc., for example, Preferably, Tinuvin 109, Tinuvin 171, Tinuvin 234, Tinuvin 326, Tinuvin 327, Tinuvin 328, Tinuvin of Tinuvin 928, etc., any of which is commercially available from BASF Japan. Among them, those who do not have a halogen are preferred.

此外,具有1,3,5-三環的化合物等的圓盤狀化合物,亦適合作為紫外線吸收劑使用。 In addition, with 1,3,5-three A discotic compound such as a cyclic compound is also suitable as an ultraviolet absorber.

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜,以含有2種以上紫外線吸收劑者為佳。 The polyimine film of the present invention preferably contains two or more kinds of ultraviolet absorbers.

又,紫外線吸收劑亦可使用高分子紫外線吸收劑,特別是以使用特開平6-148430號記載之聚合物形式的紫外線吸收劑為佳。又,紫外線吸收劑,以不具有鹵素者為佳。 Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, a polymer ultraviolet absorber may be used, and in particular, a polymer absorber of the type described in JP-A-6-148430 is preferably used. Further, the ultraviolet absorber is preferably one which does not have a halogen.

紫外線吸收劑之添加方法,可將紫外線吸收劑溶解於甲醇、乙醇、丁醇等的醇,或二氯甲烷、乙酸甲酯、丙酮、二氧戊烷等的有機溶劑或該些之混合溶劑後,再添加於摻雜物,或直接添加於摻雜物組成內容中亦可。 The ultraviolet absorber may be dissolved in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol, or an organic solvent such as dichloromethane, methyl acetate, acetone or dioxane or a mixed solvent thereof. It may be added to the dopant or added directly to the content of the dopant composition.

紫外線吸收劑之使用量,依紫外線吸收劑之種類、使用條件等而無法一概而論,一般於聚亞醯胺薄膜之乾燥膜厚為15~50μm時,相對於聚亞醯胺薄膜,以0.5~10質量%之範圍為佳,以0.6~4質量%之範圍為更佳。 The amount of the ultraviolet absorber used cannot be generalized depending on the type of the ultraviolet absorber, the use conditions, etc., and generally, when the dry film thickness of the polyimide film is 15 to 50 μm, 0.5 to 10 with respect to the polyimide film. The range of % by mass is preferably in the range of 0.6 to 4% by mass.

(抗氧化劑) (Antioxidants)

抗氧化劑亦稱為抗劣化劑。電子裝置等放置於高濕高溫之狀態時,會有引起聚亞醯胺薄膜劣化之情形。 Antioxidants are also known as anti-deterioration agents. When the electronic device or the like is placed in a state of high humidity and high temperature, the polyimide film may be deteriorated.

抗氧化劑,例如,可延緩聚亞醯胺薄膜中的 殘留溶劑量的鹵素或磷酸系可塑劑之磷酸等所造成的聚亞醯胺薄膜之分解,而具有防止氧化之機能,故本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜中以含有抗氧化劑者為佳。 Antioxidants, for example, can delay retardation in polyamido films The decomposition of the polyimide film caused by the residual amount of the solvent or the phosphoric acid of the phosphoric acid-based plasticizer has a function of preventing oxidation. Therefore, it is preferred that the polyimide film of the present invention contains an antioxidant.

該些抗氧化劑,可使用特開2010-271619號公報之段落編號0108~0119所記載之化合物。 As the antioxidant, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0108 to 0119 of JP-A-2010-271619 can be used.

該些之化合物之添加量,相對於聚亞醯胺薄膜,其質量比例以1ppm~1.0%之範圍為佳,以10~1000ppm之範圍為更佳。 The amount of the compound to be added is preferably in the range of 1 ppm to 1.0%, more preferably in the range of 10 to 1000 ppm, based on the polyimide film.

(相位差控制劑) (phase difference control agent)

就提高液晶顯示裝置等的影像顯示裝置之顯示品質等觀點,聚亞醯胺薄膜中可添加相位差控制劑、設置形成配向膜之液晶層、使偏光板保護薄膜與由液晶層產生之相位差複合化等方式,而可對聚亞醯胺薄膜賦予光學補償能力。 A phase difference controlling agent, a liquid crystal layer forming an alignment film, and a phase difference between the polarizing plate protective film and the liquid crystal layer can be added to the polyimide film to improve the display quality of the image display device such as a liquid crystal display device. It can be combined with other methods to impart optical compensation to the polyimide film.

相位差控制劑,可列舉如,歐洲專利911656A2號說明書所記載的具有2個以上芳香族環之芳香族化合物、特開2006-2025號公報所記載之棒狀化合物等。又,亦可與2種以上之芳香族化合物合併使用。該些芳香族化合物之芳香族環中,除芳香族烴環以外,以含有芳香族性雜環的芳香族性雜環為佳。芳香族性雜環,一般為不飽和雜環。其中,又以特開2006-2026號公報所記載之1,3,5-三環為佳。 The phase difference controlling agent is, for example, an aromatic compound having two or more aromatic rings described in the specification of the European Patent No. 911656A2, and a rod-shaped compound described in JP-A-2006-2025. Further, it may be used in combination with two or more kinds of aromatic compounds. Among the aromatic rings of the aromatic compounds, in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing an aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferred. An aromatic heterocyclic ring is generally an unsaturated heterocyclic ring. Among them, the 1,3,5-three described in the special publication No. 2006-2026 The ring is better.

該些之相位差控制劑之添加量,相對於聚亞 醯胺薄膜系樹脂100質量%,以0.5~20質量%之範圍內為佳,以1~10質量%之範圍內為較佳。 The amount of phase difference control agent added is relative to poly The guanamine film-based resin is preferably 100% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, and preferably 1 to 10% by mass.

(剝離促進劑) (peeling accelerator)

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜中,就改善薄膜製造時的剝離性之觀點,可添加剝離促進劑。 In the polyimine film of the present invention, a peeling accelerator can be added from the viewpoint of improving the peeling property at the time of film production.

可降低聚亞醯胺薄膜的剝離阻力的添加劑中,界面活性劑中具有顯著效果者極多,較佳之剝離劑,可列舉如,磷酸酯系之界面活性劑、羧酸或羧酸鹽系之界面活性劑、磺酸或磺酸鹽系之界面活性劑、硫酸酯系之界面活性劑為有效者。又,上述界面活性劑的烴鏈所鍵結之氫原子的一部份被氟原子所取代之氟系界面活性劑也有效。以下為剝離劑之例示。 Among the additives which can reduce the peeling resistance of the polyimide film, there are many significant effects in the surfactant. Preferred examples of the release agent include a phosphate ester surfactant, a carboxylic acid or a carboxylate. A surfactant, a sulfonic acid or sulfonate surfactant, and a sulfate surfactant are effective. Further, a fluorine-based surfactant in which a part of hydrogen atoms to which a hydrocarbon chain of the surfactant is bonded is replaced by a fluorine atom is also effective. The following is an illustration of the stripper.

RZ-1 C8H17O-P(=O)-(OH)2 RZ-1 C 8 H 17 OP(=O)-(OH) 2

RZ-2 C12H25O-P(=O)-(OK)2 RZ-2 C 12 H 25 OP(=O)-(OK) 2

RZ-3 C12H25OCH2CH2O-P(=O)-(OK)2 RZ-3 C 12 H 25 OCH 2 CH 2 OP(=O)-(OK) 2

RZ-4 C15H31(OCH2CH2)5O-P(=O)-(OK)2 RZ-4 C 15 H 31 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) 5 OP(=O)-(OK) 2

RZ-5 {C12H25O(CH2CH2O)5}2-P(=O)-OH RZ-5 {C 12 H 25 O(CH 2 CH 2 O) 5 } 2 -P(=O)-OH

RZ-6 {C18H35(OCH2CH2)8O}2-P(=O)-ONH4 RZ-6 {C 18 H 35 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) 8 O} 2 -P(=O)-ONH 4

RZ-7 (t-C4H9)3-C6H2-OCH2CH2O-P(=O)-(OK)2 RZ-8 (iso-C9H19-C6H4-O-(CH2CH2O)5-P(=O)-(OK)(OH) RZ-7 (tC 4 H 9 ) 3 -C 6 H 2 -OCH 2 CH 2 OP(=O)-(OK) 2 RZ-8 (iso-C 9 H 19 -C 6 H 4 -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 5 -P(=O)-(OK)(OH)

RZ-9 C12H25SO3Na RZ-9 C 12 H 25 SO 3 Na

RZ-10 C12H25OSO3Na RZ-10 C 12 H 25 OSO 3 Na

RZ-11 C17H33COOH RZ-11 C 17 H 33 COOH

RZ-12 C17H33COOH‧N(CH2CH2OH)3 RZ-12 C 17 H 33 COOH‧N(CH 2 CH 2 OH) 3

RZ-13 iso-C8H17-C6H4-O-(CH2CH2O)3-(CH2)2SO3Na RZ-13 iso-C 8 H 17 -C 6 H 4 -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 3 -(CH 2 ) 2 SO 3 Na

RZ-14 (iso-C9H19)2-C6H3-O-(CH2CH2O)3-(CH2)4SO3Na RZ-14 (iso-C 9 H 19 ) 2 -C 6 H 3 -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 3 -(CH 2 ) 4 SO 3 Na

RZ-15 三異丙基萘磺酸鈉 RZ-15 sodium triisopropyl naphthalene sulfonate

RZ-16 三-t-丁基萘磺酸鈉 RZ-16 tris-t-butylnaphthalenesulfonate

RZ-17 C17H33CON(CH3)CH2CH2SO3Na RZ-17 C 17 H 33 CON(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 SO 3 Na

RZ-18 C12H25-C6H4SO3‧NH4 RZ-18 C 12 H 25 -C 6 H 4 SO 3 ‧NH 4

剝離促進劑之添加量,相對於聚亞醯胺,以0.05~5質量%為佳,以0.1~2質量%為更佳,以0.1~0.5質量%為最佳。 The addition amount of the release accelerator is preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2% by mass, and most preferably 0.1 to 0.5% by mass based on the polyamine.

<聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法> <Method for Producing Polyimine Film>

以下將說明上述聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法的具體例。 Specific examples of the method for producing the above polyamidamine film will be described below.

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,為包含準備含有前述可溶性聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的混合物之步驟(混合物準備步驟)、製造含有前述混合物與前述聚亞醯胺與溶劑的摻雜物之步驟(摻雜物製作步驟)、使前述摻雜物延流於支撐體上而形成膜之步驟(延流步驟)、將支撐體上的延流膜中之溶劑蒸發之步驟(溶劑蒸發步驟)、將前述膜由支撐體剝離之步驟(剝離步驟),及將剝離後之膜進行乾燥之乾燥步驟為特徵。 The method for producing a polyamidamine film of the present invention comprises the steps of preparing a mixture containing the aforementioned soluble polyamidamine and the inorganic fine particles (mixture preparation step), and producing a blend containing the foregoing mixture and the aforementioned polyamine and a solvent. a step of a foreign matter (a dopant preparation step), a step of forming a film by extending the dopant onto the support (the step of enlarging), and a step of evaporating the solvent in the film in the film on the support (solvent) The evaporation step), the step of peeling off the film from the support (peeling step), and the drying step of drying the peeled film are characterized.

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,以包含準備含有前述可溶性聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的混合物之步驟(混合物準備步驟)、製造含有前述混合物與前述聚亞醯胺與溶劑的摻雜物之步驟(摻雜物製作步驟)、使前述摻雜物延流於支撐體上而形成膜之步驟(延流步驟)、 將前述膜由支撐體剝離之步驟(剝離步驟)、使所得之延流膜乾燥,製得薄膜之步驟(第1乾燥步驟)、使乾燥之薄膜延伸之步驟(延伸步驟)、將延伸後的薄膜再度乾燥之步驟(第2乾燥步驟)、捲取所製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜之步驟(捲取步驟)、再於必要時,對薄膜進行加熱處理,使其醯亞胺化之步驟(加熱步驟)等為較佳。 The method for producing a polyamidamine film of the present invention comprises the steps of preparing a mixture containing the above-mentioned soluble polythinamide and the above-mentioned inorganic fine particles (mixture preparation step), and producing a blend containing the foregoing mixture and the aforementioned polyamine and a solvent a step of a foreign matter (a dopant preparation step), a step of forming a film by delaying the dopant on the support (extension step), a step of peeling off the film from the support (peeling step), drying the obtained film, drying the film, preparing a film (first drying step), stretching the dried film (extension step), and extending the film a step of drying the film again (second drying step), a step of winding up the obtained polyimide film (winding step), and, if necessary, heat-treating the film to subject the oxime to imidization (heating step) and the like are preferred.

以下,將對各步驟作具體的說明。 Hereinafter, each step will be specifically described.

(混合物準備步驟) (mixture preparation step)

本發明的混合物準備步驟為,準備一含有於60℃中,相對於甲基乙醯胺100g或γ-丁內酯100g為溶解1g以上的可溶性聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子的混合物之步驟。 The mixture preparation step of the present invention comprises the step of preparing a mixture containing soluble polyamidos and inorganic fine particles having a solubility of 1 g or more with respect to 100 g of methylacetamide or 100 g of γ-butyrolactone at 60 °C.

前述混合物,例如,只要為含有可溶性聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子者時,可為任何形態者皆可,例如,以含有前述可溶性聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子與溶劑之摻雜物,或將含有前述可溶性聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的聚亞醯胺薄膜破碎而得之破碎品為佳。將混合物為含有可溶性聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子的聚亞醯胺薄膜予以破碎而得之破碎品,以其濁度值之膜厚方向的偏差更小而為較佳。 The above-mentioned mixture may be any form as long as it contains soluble polyamidamine and inorganic fine particles, for example, a dopant containing the above-mentioned soluble polyamidamine and the aforementioned inorganic fine particles and a solvent, or It is preferred that the polyimine film containing the above-mentioned soluble polyimine and the above-mentioned inorganic fine particles is broken. It is preferred that the mixture is a crushed product obtained by crushing a polyimine film containing soluble polyimide and inorganic fine particles, and the deviation in the film thickness direction of the haze value is smaller.

混合物為含有前述可溶性聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子與溶劑的摻雜物時,將溶解的摻雜物存放於60 ℃以上環境下2小時以上時,可使薄膜之面方向的濁度偏差更小,而為較佳。 When the mixture is a dopant containing the aforementioned soluble polyamidamine and the aforementioned inorganic fine particles and a solvent, the dissolved dopant is stored in 60 When the temperature is higher than °C for 2 hours or more, the turbidity deviation in the surface direction of the film can be made smaller, which is preferable.

<將含有可溶性聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子的聚亞醯胺薄膜破碎而得之破碎品> <Crushed product obtained by crushing a polyimine film containing soluble polyamidamine and inorganic fine particles>

本發明的混合物,以將含有前述可溶性聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的聚亞醯胺薄膜破碎而得之破碎品為佳。 The mixture of the present invention is preferably obtained by crushing a polyimine film containing the above-mentioned soluble polyimine and the above-mentioned inorganic fine particles.

破碎品,以含有相對於聚亞醯胺薄膜為10~70質量%之質量比例為佳。為10質量%以上時,就面方向的濁度值之偏差較小之觀點而為較佳,為70質量%以下時,就具有良好運送性之觀點而為較佳。破碎品因與樹脂具有良好的混合性,故就不會造成濁度偏差之觀點而言為較佳,但因不易顯現無機微粒子之效果,故其運送性效果較為薄弱。 The crushed product preferably contains a mass ratio of 10 to 70% by mass based on the polyimide film. When it is 10% by mass or more, the difference in the haze value in the plane direction is preferably small, and when it is 70% by mass or less, it is preferable from the viewpoint of good transportability. Since the crushed product has good mixing property with the resin, it is preferable from the viewpoint of not causing turbidity deviation. However, since the effect of the inorganic fine particles is hard to be exhibited, the transporting effect is weak.

破碎品,以將於聚亞醯胺薄膜的乾燥中或最終階段中,將薄膜滾筒兩端切落碎片、開始作業後於條件調整中產生之損耗品,或因突發事件而無法形成製品的網片或薄膜產生之碎片再使用者為佳。 The crushed product may be used to cut the chips at both ends of the film roll during the drying or final stage of the polyimide film, the loss product generated in the condition adjustment after starting the operation, or the product cannot be formed due to an unexpected event. The fragments produced by the mesh or film are preferably used by the user.

將該些混合物再使用時,首先,使用破碎機將薄膜破碎為0.5~40mm大小,較佳為10~30mm之碎片。 When the mixture is reused, first, the film is broken into pieces of 0.5 to 40 mm, preferably 10 to 30 mm, using a crusher.

此時,先將碎片去除靜電,即可防止碎片貼附或阻塞於破碎機中、碎片相互間產生凝集、碎片貼附於壁面等狀況。 At this time, the debris is first removed from the static electricity to prevent the debris from sticking or blocking in the crusher, the agglomeration between the fragments, and the adhesion of the fragments to the wall surface.

將粉碎後的碎片,使用鼓風機等空氣輸送手段移送至配管,暫時儲存於儲存容器中,隨後再使用計量器計量所決定的投入量之後,將其投入溶解桶中。 The pulverized chips are transferred to a pipe using an air transport means such as a blower, temporarily stored in a storage container, and then the metered amount is used to measure the determined amount, and then it is put into a dissolution tank.

於溶解桶中,將新的可溶性聚亞醯胺及溶劑同時進行加熱攪拌溶解,製得摻雜物。溶解結束後,使用送液幫浦送液,以過濾器過濾雜質,靜置儲存於靜置儲存桶13中,進行去泡沫。 In the dissolution tank, the new soluble polyamine and the solvent are simultaneously stirred and dissolved by heating to prepare a dopant. After the dissolution is completed, the liquid is supplied using a liquid supply pump, and the impurities are filtered by a filter, and stored in the static storage tank 13 for defoaming.

本發明中,除將破碎品以碎片方式投入溶解桶之方法以外,又例如有先將破碎品溶解於其他物質中,再以回收溶液形式投入溶解桶之方法。 In the present invention, in addition to the method of introducing the crushed product into the dissolution tank in a fragmented manner, for example, there is a method in which the crushed product is first dissolved in another substance and then introduced into the dissolution tank as a recovered solution.

(摻雜物製作步驟) (Doping production step)

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法中,以將含有前述可溶性聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子的混合物,與新的可溶性聚亞醯胺,溶解於溶劑中而製得摻雜物,並使用該摻雜物依溶液延流製膜方法製膜者為佳。特佳為將含有可溶性聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子的混合物,與新的可溶性聚亞醯胺與新的無機微粒子,溶解於溶劑而製得摻雜物,並使用該摻雜物依溶液延流製膜方法製膜者。 In the method for producing a polymethyleneamine film of the present invention, a mixture containing the soluble polyamidamine and the inorganic fine particles and a new soluble polyamidamine are dissolved in a solvent to prepare a dopant, and a dopant is used. The dopant is preferably formed by a solution-precipitation film formation method. It is particularly preferable to prepare a dopant by dissolving a mixture of soluble polyamidamine and inorganic fine particles with a new soluble polyamidamine and a new inorganic fine particle in a solvent, and using the dopant to carry out a solution according to the solution. Film making method.

溶劑,以使用沸點80℃以下之低沸點溶劑作為主溶劑使用,以其可降低於薄膜之製造製程溫度(特別是乾燥溫度)、降低著色或熱收縮率等而為較佳。此處所稱「作為主溶劑使用」係指,於混合溶劑時,相對於溶劑全體量為使用55質量%以上之意,較佳為70質量%以 上,更佳為80質量%以上,特佳為使用90質量%以上之意。當然若單獨使用時,則為100質量%。 The solvent is preferably used as a main solvent using a low boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 80 ° C or less, which is preferable because it can be lowered in the production process temperature (particularly drying temperature) of the film, and the coloring or heat shrinkage ratio is lowered. The term "used as a main solvent" as used herein means that when the solvent is mixed, it is used in an amount of 55 mass% or more, preferably 70 mass%, based on the total amount of the solvent. More preferably, it is 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more. Of course, if it is used alone, it is 100% by mass.

低沸點溶劑,只要可使聚亞醯胺,及其他的添加劑同時溶解者即可,例如,氯系溶劑為,二氯甲烷,非氯系溶劑為,乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸戊酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、四氫呋喃、1,3-二氧戊烷、1,4-二噁烷、環己酮、甲酸乙酯、2,2,2-三氟乙醇、2,2,3,3-六氟-1-丙醇、1,3-二氟-2-丙醇、1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟-2-甲基-2-丙醇、1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟-2-丙醇、2,2,3,3,3-五氟-1-丙醇、硝基乙烷、甲醇、乙醇、n-丙醇、iso-丙醇、n-丁醇、sec-丁醇、tert-丁醇等。 The low boiling point solvent may be any one which can dissolve the polyamidamine and other additives at the same time. For example, the chlorine solvent is dichloromethane, the non-chlorinated solvent is methyl acetate, ethyl acetate or amyl acetate. , acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2, 3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-methyl-2-propanol, 1 1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol , iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, and the like.

其中,沸點為80℃以下之低沸點溶劑,於上述溶劑之中,以含有由二氯甲烷(40℃)、乙酸乙酯(77℃)、甲基乙基酮(79℃)、四氫呋喃(66℃)、丙酮(56.5℃),及1,3-二氧戊烷(75℃)之中所選出之至少1種作為主溶劑之溶劑為佳(括弧內為表示其各自之沸點)。 Among them, a low boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 80 ° C or less is contained in the above solvent, and contains methylene chloride (40 ° C), ethyl acetate (77 ° C), methyl ethyl ketone (79 ° C), tetrahydrofuran (66). It is preferred that at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of acetone (56.5 ° C) and 1,3-dioxolane (75 ° C) as a main solvent (in the parentheses, the respective boiling points thereof).

又,為混合溶劑時,其所含有之溶劑,只要可溶解本發明的聚亞醯胺者,於不會妨礙本發明之效果之範圍皆可使用,除上述溶劑以外的溶劑,例如可使用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二乙基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺、N-甲基己內醯胺、六甲基磷酸醯胺、伸四甲碸、二甲基亞碸、m-甲酚、酚、p-氯酚、2-氯-4-羥基甲苯、二乙二醇二醚、三乙二醇二醚、四乙二醇二醚、二噁烷、γ-丁內酯、二氧戊 烷、環戊酮、ε-己內醯胺、氯仿等,其可將2種以上合併使用。又,與該些溶劑合併使用時,己烷、庚烷、苯、甲苯、二甲苯、氯苯、o-二氯苯等的貧溶劑,以不會使具本發明的聚亞醯胺及羰基的有機化合物析出之程度使用者為宜。 In addition, when the solvent is mixed, the solvent contained in the solvent can be used as long as it can dissolve the polyiminamide of the present invention, and the solvent other than the solvent can be used, for example, N. -Methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-diethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-diethyl Formamide, N-methyl caprolactam, hexamethylene phosphamide, tetramethyl hydrazine, dimethyl hydrazine, m-cresol, phenol, p-chlorophenol, 2-chloro-4-hydroxyl Toluene, diethylene glycol diether, triethylene glycol diether, tetraethylene glycol diether, dioxane, γ-butyrolactone, dioxane Alkane, cyclopentanone, ε-caprolactam, chloroform, etc., may be used in combination of 2 or more types. Further, when used in combination with these solvents, a poor solvent such as hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, xylene, chlorobenzene or o-dichlorobenzene does not allow the polyimide and the carbonyl group of the present invention to be used. The degree of precipitation of the organic compound is preferred for the user.

又,亦可使用醇系溶劑,該醇系溶劑以由甲醇、乙醇及丁醇所選出者,就可改善剝離性、可以高速度延流等觀點而為較佳。其中,又以使用甲醇或乙醇為佳。摻雜物中之醇的比例過高時,將會使網片凝膠化,而容易由金屬支撐體剝離。 Further, an alcohol-based solvent which is selected from methanol, ethanol, or butanol to improve the peeling property and to allow high-speed extension can be preferably used. Among them, it is preferred to use methanol or ethanol. When the proportion of the alcohol in the dopant is too high, the mesh will be gelled and easily peeled off by the metal support.

聚亞醯胺、其他的添加劑之溶解方式,可使用常壓下進行之方法、於主溶劑之沸點以下進行之方法、於主溶劑之沸點以上加壓進行之方法、依特開平9-95544號公報、特開平9-95557號公報,或特開平9-95538號公報所記載之冷卻溶解法進行之方法、依特開平11-21379號公報所記載之高壓進行之方法等各種的溶解方法。 The method for dissolving polymethyleneamine and other additives may be carried out by a method carried out under normal pressure, a method carried out below the boiling point of the main solvent, or a method of pressurizing at a boiling point or higher of the main solvent, and No. 9-95544 Various methods of dissolving, such as a method of performing a cooling and dissolving method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-95538, and a method of performing high pressure as described in JP-A-11-21379.

所製得之摻雜物,可經由送液幫浦等導入過濾器進行過濾。例如,摻雜物之主要溶劑為二氯甲烷時,將該二氯甲烷於1氣壓下的沸點+5℃以上之溫度,將該摻雜物過濾結果,可去除摻雜物中的凝膠狀雜質。較佳之溫度範圍為45~120℃,又以45~70℃為較佳,以45~55℃之範圍內為更佳。 The prepared dopant can be filtered by introducing a filter through a liquid feeding pump or the like. For example, when the main solvent of the dopant is methylene chloride, the methylene chloride is at a boiling point of 1 atm. +5 ° C or higher, and the dopant is filtered to remove the gelatinous substance in the dopant. Impurities. The preferred temperature range is 45 to 120 ° C, preferably 45 to 70 ° C, and more preferably 45 to 55 ° C.

又,製作摻雜物所使用的樹脂之原料,以預先將聚亞醯胺及其他的化合物等形成顆粒化者,為較適合 使用者。 Further, it is more suitable to prepare a raw material of a resin used for a dopant by granulating a polyimine and other compounds in advance. user.

(形成延流膜之步驟) (Step of forming a flow-precipitating film)

將所製得之摻雜物,經由送液幫浦(例如,加壓型定量齒輪幫浦)送液至模具中,由模具將摻雜物延流至可無限移動的無端點的支撐體,例如,不銹鋼傳輸帶或迴轉的金屬滾筒等的金屬支撐體上之延流位置上。 The prepared dopant is sent to a mold through a liquid feeding pump (for example, a pressurized quantitative gear pump), and the dopant is extended by the mold to an infinitely movable endless support body. For example, a metal support such as a stainless steel transfer belt or a rotating metal drum is at a position where it is extended.

延流(鑄型)中之金屬支撐體,其表面以經鏡面處理者為佳,支撐體,以使用不銹鋼傳輸帶或鑄物表面經鍍敷加工的滾筒等的金屬支撐體為佳。鑄型之寬度為1~4m之範圍、較佳為1.5~3m之範圍、更較佳為2~2.8m之範圍。又,支撐體,可為非金屬製者亦可,例如,可使用聚乙烯對苯二甲酸酯(PET)薄膜、聚乙烯萘酯(PEN)薄膜、聚對苯二甲酸丁酯(PBT)薄膜、尼龍6薄膜、尼龍6,6薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜、聚四氟伸乙酯等的傳輸帶等。作為可撓式基板使用的聚亞醯胺,可將延流聚亞醯胺的金屬支撐體或上述薄膜上的聚亞醯胺予以捲取。 The metal support in the extension (molding) preferably has a surface treated by a mirror surface, and the support is preferably a metal support such as a stainless steel transfer belt or a plated surface of the cast. The width of the mold is in the range of 1 to 4 m, preferably in the range of 1.5 to 3 m, more preferably in the range of 2 to 2.8 m. Further, the support may be made of a non-metal one. For example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, a polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) film, or a polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) may be used. A film, a nylon 6 film, a nylon 6,6 film, a polypropylene film, a transfer belt of polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and the like. As the polyamidene used as the flexible substrate, the metal support of the delayed flow polyamine or the polyimine on the film can be taken up.

金屬支撐體之輸送速度並未有特別之限制,通常為5m/分鐘以上、較佳為10~180m/分鐘、特佳為80~150m/分鐘之範圍內。金屬支撐體之輸送速度越高速時,因容易產生共伴氣體,故因外觀不平整而會顯著地產生膜厚不均衡性(nonuniformity)。 The conveying speed of the metal support is not particularly limited, and is usually in the range of 5 m/min or more, preferably 10 to 180 m/min, and particularly preferably 80 to 150 m/min. The higher the transport speed of the metal support, the more easily the co-admixed gas is generated, so that the film thickness unevenness is remarkably generated due to uneven appearance.

金屬支撐體之輸送速度,係指金屬支撐體外表面的移動速度之意。 The conveying speed of the metal support refers to the moving speed of the outer surface of the metal support.

金屬支撐體的表面溫度,以溫度越高時其延流膜的乾燥速度越快速,而為較佳,但過高時延流膜會產生發泡、平面性劣化等情形,故相對於所使用溶劑之沸點,以於-50~-10℃之溫度範圍內進行者為佳。 The surface temperature of the metal support is preferably as the drying speed of the flow film is higher as the temperature is higher, but the film is too high, and the film is foamed and flattened, so that it is used. The boiling point of the solvent is preferably in the range of from -50 to -10 °C.

模具中,相對於寬度方向的垂直截面中,向吐出口之方向有著依序變細之形狀。模具通常,具體而言,於下部的輸送方向有著向下流側與上流側的錐形面,該錐形面之間的吐出口為形成縫隙之形狀。模具以使用由金屬製得者為佳,其具體例,例如,不銹鋼、鈦等。本發明中,於製造厚度不同的薄膜時,並無須變更為縫隙間隙不同的模具。 In the mold, the vertical cross section in the width direction has a shape that is tapered toward the discharge port. The mold usually has a tapered surface on the downward flow side and the upstream side in the conveying direction of the lower portion, and the discharge port between the tapered surfaces is in the shape of a slit. The mold is preferably made of a metal, and specific examples thereof are, for example, stainless steel, titanium, or the like. In the present invention, when manufacturing films having different thicknesses, it is not necessary to change the molds having different gap gaps.

模具,以可調整鑄模的模具部份的縫隙形狀,容易形成均勻膜厚的加壓鑄模者為佳。加壓鑄模,例如具有衣架式鑄模(coat hanger die)或T型鑄模等,其任一者皆可使用。即使連續製造不同厚度之薄膜時,也可使模具的吐出量大略維持一定數值,故使用加壓鑄模時,於擠出壓力、剪切速度等的條件也可大略維持一定數值。又,就提高製膜速度之目的,可於金屬支撐體上設置2個以上的加壓鑄模,將摻雜物量分割後再予層合亦可。 The mold is preferably a pressure mold which can easily form a uniform film thickness by adjusting the slit shape of the mold portion of the mold. The press mold, for example, has a coat hanger die or a T-die, and the like can be used. Even when a film having a different thickness is continuously produced, the discharge amount of the mold can be maintained at a certain value. Therefore, when a press mold is used, conditions such as extrusion pressure and shear rate can be maintained at a certain value. Further, for the purpose of increasing the film forming speed, two or more press molds may be provided on the metal support, and the amount of the dopant may be divided and then laminated.

(溶劑蒸發步驟) (solvent evaporation step)

溶劑蒸發步驟,為於金屬支撐體上進行,為將延流膜於金屬支撐體上加熱,使溶劑蒸發之預先乾燥步驟。 The solvent evaporation step is performed on the metal support, and is a pre-drying step of heating the flow-preventing film on the metal support to evaporate the solvent.

使溶劑蒸發之方法,例如,使用乾燥機對延 流膜側及金屬支撐體內側吹拂加熱風之方法、使用加熱液體由金屬支撐體的內面導熱之方法、使用輻射熱由表裏導熱之方法等。亦可將其適當選擇後予以組合之方法亦佳。金屬支撐體的表面溫度與全體相同者亦佳,因位置而具有差異者亦可。加熱風之溫度以10~220℃之範圍內為佳。 a method of evaporating a solvent, for example, using a dryer to delay The method of blowing the heated air on the side of the film side and the inside of the metal support, the method of conducting heat by using the heated liquid from the inner surface of the metal support, the method of using the radiant heat to conduct heat from the surface, and the like. It is also preferable to combine them appropriately and combine them. The surface temperature of the metal support is preferably the same as the whole, and the difference may be due to the position. The temperature of the heated air is preferably in the range of 10 to 220 °C.

加熱風之溫度(乾燥溫度),以200℃以下為佳,以140℃以下為較佳,以120℃以下為更佳。 The temperature of the heated air (drying temperature) is preferably 200 ° C or less, more preferably 140 ° C or less, and still more preferably 120 ° C or less.

溶劑蒸發步驟中,就延流膜的剝離性及剝離後之運送性之觀點,殘留溶劑量以10~150質量%之範圍內之方式,使延流膜乾燥者為佳。 In the solvent evaporation step, the dry film is preferably dried in such a manner that the amount of the residual solvent is in the range of 10 to 150% by mass in terms of the peeling property of the film and the transportability after peeling.

本發明中,殘留溶劑量可依下述式所表示。 In the present invention, the amount of residual solvent can be expressed by the following formula.

殘留溶劑量(質量%)={(M-N)/N}×100 Residual solvent amount (% by mass) = {(M - N) / N} × 100

其中,M為延流膜(薄膜)於特定時點的質量、N為M之物質於200℃、乾燥3小時之際的質量。特別是,於溶劑蒸發步驟中,計算出所達成的殘留溶劑量時,M為剝離步驟前的延流膜之質量。 Here, M is the mass of the retardation film (film) at a specific time point, and the mass of N is M at 200 ° C and dried for 3 hours. In particular, in the solvent evaporation step, when the amount of residual solvent reached is calculated, M is the mass of the retardation film before the stripping step.

(剝離步驟) (peeling step)

將金屬支撐體上,溶劑被蒸發後的延流膜,由剝離位置剝離之步驟。 A step of peeling off the film from the peeling position on the metal support by the evaporation of the solvent.

於金屬支撐體上將延流膜剝離之際的剝離張力,通常為60~400N/m之範圍內,但於剝離之際容易產生皺紋之情形,以於190N/m以下之張力下剝離者為佳。 The peeling tension at the time of peeling the film on the metal support is usually in the range of 60 to 400 N/m, but wrinkles are likely to occur at the time of peeling, and the peeling is performed under a tension of 190 N/m or less. good.

本發明中,該金屬支撐體上的剝離位置之溫 度,以-50~60℃之範圍內者為佳,以10~40℃之範圍內為較佳,以15~40℃之範圍內為最佳。 In the present invention, the temperature of the peeling position on the metal support body The degree is preferably in the range of -50 to 60 ° C, preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C, and preferably in the range of 15 to 40 ° C.

剝離後之延流膜(剝離後之延流膜亦稱為薄膜),可直接送至延伸步驟亦可,或就達成所期待的殘留溶劑量時,可先送至第1乾燥步驟之後,再送至延伸步驟亦可。本發明中,就可於延伸步驟中安定地運送之觀點,以於剝離步驟後,將薄膜依序送至第1乾燥步驟及延伸步驟者為佳。 The stripped film after stripping (also known as a film after stripping) can be sent directly to the stretching step, or when the desired amount of residual solvent is achieved, it can be sent to the first drying step before being sent. The extension step is also possible. In the present invention, it is preferable to carry out the step of stably transporting in the stretching step, and it is preferred that the film is sequentially sent to the first drying step and the stretching step after the peeling step.

(第1乾燥步驟) (first drying step)

第1乾燥步驟為,將薄膜加熱,將溶劑再蒸發之乾燥步驟。乾燥手段並未有特別之限制,例如,可使熱風、紅外線、加熱滾筒、微波等。就簡便度之觀點,於使用配置有交叉配置狀的滾筒運送薄膜中,以熱風等進行乾燥者為佳。乾燥溫度,於考量殘留溶劑量及運送中之伸縮率等時,以於30~200℃之範圍為佳。 The first drying step is a drying step of heating the film and evaporating the solvent. The drying means is not particularly limited, and for example, hot air, infrared rays, a heating roller, a microwave, or the like can be used. From the viewpoint of simplicity, it is preferable to use a roll transport film in which a cross arrangement is disposed, and dry it by hot air or the like. The drying temperature is preferably in the range of 30 to 200 ° C in consideration of the amount of residual solvent and the expansion ratio during transportation.

乾燥溫度,以200℃以下為佳,以140℃以下為較佳,以120℃以下為更佳。 The drying temperature is preferably 200 ° C or lower, preferably 140 ° C or lower, and more preferably 120 ° C or lower.

乾燥溫度為低溫時,可增大薄膜的熱收縮率。 When the drying temperature is low, the heat shrinkage rate of the film can be increased.

(延伸步驟) (extension step)

將由金屬支撐體剝離後之薄膜進行延伸時,可以控制薄膜之膜厚或平坦性、配向性等。 When the film which has been peeled off from the metal support is stretched, the film thickness, flatness, alignment property, and the like of the film can be controlled.

本發明之薄膜之製造方法中,以向長度方向 或寬度方向進行延伸者為佳。 In the method for producing a film of the present invention, the length direction is It is better to extend in the width direction.

延伸操作亦可分割為多階段方式實施。又,於進行二軸延伸時,可同時進行二軸延伸亦可,或進行階段性實施亦可。該情形中,階段性係指,例如,可依序進行與延伸方向不同的延伸、將同一方向之延伸分割為多階段進行,且可將不同方向的延伸加入其中任一階段中。 The extension operation can also be divided into a multi-stage implementation. Further, in the case of biaxial stretching, the two-axis stretching may be performed simultaneously or in a stepwise manner. In this case, the staged means that, for example, the extension different from the extension direction can be sequentially performed, the extension of the same direction is divided into multiple stages, and the extension of the different directions can be added to any of the stages.

即,例如,可進行下述等之延伸狀態: That is, for example, an extended state such as the following can be performed:

‧向長度方向延伸→向寬度方向延伸→向長度方向延伸→向長度方向延伸 ‧ extend in the length direction → extend in the width direction → extend in the length direction → extend in the length direction

‧向寬度方向延伸→向寬度方向延伸→向長度方向延伸→向長度方向延伸 ‧ Extend in the width direction → Extend in the width direction → Extend in the length direction → Extend in the length direction

又,同時二軸延伸之狀態,亦包含向一方向延伸,另一方向為緩和張力形成收縮之情形。較佳之延伸倍率為,寬度方向、長度方向同時延伸×1.01倍~×1.5倍之範圍。其中,所稱延伸倍率係指,(薄膜的延伸後之寬度或長度的長度)/(薄膜的延伸前之寬度或長度的長度)。 Further, the state of the simultaneous biaxial stretching also includes the case of extending in one direction, and the other direction is for relaxing the tension to form a contraction. Preferably, the stretching ratio is extended in the width direction and the length direction by a range of ×1.01 times to 1.5 times. Here, the term "expansion ratio" means (the length of the film after stretching or the length of the length) / (the length of the film before stretching or the length of the length).

延伸開始時的殘留溶劑量,以0.1~200質量%之範圍內為佳。 The amount of residual solvent at the start of stretching is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 200% by mass.

該殘留溶劑量為0.1質量%以上時,經由延伸可得到提高平面性之效果,為200%以下時,則容易進行延伸。 When the amount of the residual solvent is 0.1% by mass or more, the effect of improving planarity can be obtained by stretching, and when it is 200% or less, stretching is easy.

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,亦可就延伸後的膜厚可達到所期待之範圍之方式,對長度方向或向寬度方向,較佳為向寬度方向進行延伸為佳。相對於聚 亞醯胺薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg),以於(Tg-200)~(Tg+100)℃之溫度範圍進行延伸為佳。於上述溫度範圍進行延伸時,因可降低延伸應力,故可使濁度降低。又,可抑制斷裂之發生,而可製得具有優良平面性、聚亞醯胺薄膜自身具有優良著色性的聚亞醯胺薄膜。延伸溫度,以於(TgL-150)~(TgH+50)℃之範圍進行者為較佳。 The method for producing the polyimide film of the present invention may preferably extend in the longitudinal direction or in the width direction, preferably in the width direction, so that the film thickness after stretching can reach a desired range. Relative to poly The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the melamine film is preferably extended in a temperature range of (Tg-200) to (Tg + 100) °C. When extending in the above temperature range, the turbidity can be lowered because the elongation stress can be lowered. Further, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of cracking, and it is possible to obtain a polyimide film having excellent planarity and having a good coloring property of the polyimide film itself. The extension temperature is preferably in the range of (TgL - 150) to (TgH + 50) °C.

本發明的聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,可將由支撐體剝離的具有自我支撐性之薄膜,使用延伸輥依規定之輸送速度向長度方向延伸。 In the method for producing a polyimide film of the present invention, a self-supporting film which is peeled off from the support can be extended in the longitudinal direction by a stretching roller at a predetermined conveying speed.

向寬度方向延伸之方法,例如,特開昭62-46625號公報所揭示之使用夾具或針使薄膜的寬度兩端在寬度方向保持寬度之狀態,進行全部乾燥處理或部份乾燥處理之乾燥方法(亦稱為拉幅方式),其中,又以使用夾具之拉幅方式為佳。 For the method of drying in the width direction, a drying method in which all the drying treatments or partial drying treatments are performed in a state in which both ends of the width of the film are kept in the width direction by using a jig or a needle as disclosed in JP-A-62-46625 (Also known as tentering method), in which the tentering method using the jig is preferred.

向長度方向延伸後之薄膜或未延伸之薄膜,可使用夾具夾住寬度方向的兩端部的狀態下導入拉幅機,使拉幅機與夾具於同時輸送中,向寬度方向延伸之方式為佳。 The film extending in the longitudinal direction or the unstretched film can be introduced into the tenter in a state in which the both ends of the width direction are clamped by the jig, and the tenter and the jig are simultaneously conveyed in the width direction. good.

現寬度方向延伸時,以薄膜向寬度方向依50~1000%/min之範圍內的延伸速度進行延伸之方式,就提高薄膜之平面性的觀點而言為較佳。 When extending in the width direction, it is preferable to extend the film at a stretching speed in the range of 50 to 1000%/min in the width direction from the viewpoint of improving the planarity of the film.

延伸速度為50%/min以上時,因可提高平面性,且可使薄膜進行高速處理等理由,就生產適性之觀點為較佳,為1000%/min以內時,可使薄膜不致產生斷裂 下進行處理,而為較佳。 When the stretching speed is 50%/min or more, the film properties can be improved, and the film can be processed at a high speed. Therefore, from the viewpoint of production suitability, when the film is 1000%/min or less, the film can be prevented from being broken. It is preferred to carry out the treatment.

較佳之延伸速度為於100~500%/min之範圍內。延伸速度可依下述式定義。 Preferably, the stretching speed is in the range of 100 to 500%/min. The extension speed can be defined by the following formula.

延伸速度(%/min)=〔(d1/d2)-1〕×100(%)/t Extension speed (%/min) = [(d 1 /d 2 )-1]×100(%)/t

(上述式中,d1為延伸後之樹脂薄膜的延伸方向之寬度尺寸、d2為延伸前之樹脂薄膜的延伸方向之寬度尺寸,t為延伸所需要之時間(min))。 (In the above formula, d 1 is the width dimension of the extending direction of the resin film after stretching, d 2 is the width dimension of the extending direction of the resin film before stretching, and t is the time (min) required for stretching).

延伸步驟中,通常為於延伸後,進行維持‧緩和之方式進行。即,本步驟為,將延伸薄膜之延伸階段、使薄膜保持於延伸狀態之維持階段及將薄膜依延伸方向予以緩和之緩和階段等該些之順序進行者為佳。維持階段為,將依延伸階段所達成之延伸倍率的延伸,於延伸階段中維持延伸溫度之意。緩和階段為,將延伸階段中之延伸保持於維持階段之後,將延伸之張力解除,而緩和延伸之意。緩和階段,可於延伸階段中之延伸溫度以下之溫度進行。 In the extension step, it is usually carried out in a manner of maintaining and easing after the extension. That is, in this step, it is preferable to carry out the steps of extending the stretching film, maintaining the film in the extended state, and relaxing the film in the extending direction. The maintenance phase is to extend the extension temperature in the extension phase in accordance with the extension of the extension ratio achieved in the extension phase. In the mitigation phase, after the extension in the extension phase is maintained in the maintenance phase, the tension of the extension is released, and the extension is relaxed. The relaxation phase can be carried out at temperatures below the extension temperature in the extension phase.

(第2乾燥步驟) (2nd drying step)

其次,將延伸後的薄膜加熱、乾燥。使用熱風等對薄膜加熱時,可設置可排氣之噴嘴將使用後的熱風(含有溶劑之氣體或含有濕氣之氣體)排出,而避免使用後的熱風混入之步驟。熱風溫度,以40~350℃之範圍為較佳。又,乾燥時間以5秒~30分鐘左右為佳,以10秒~15分鐘為較佳。 Next, the stretched film is heated and dried. When the film is heated by hot air or the like, a nozzle capable of exhausting may be provided to discharge the hot air (a solvent-containing gas or a gas containing moisture) after use, thereby avoiding the step of mixing the hot air after use. The hot air temperature is preferably in the range of 40 to 350 °C. Further, the drying time is preferably from about 5 seconds to 30 minutes, preferably from 10 seconds to 15 minutes.

又,加熱乾燥手段並不僅限定於熱風,例 如,可使用紅外線、加熱滾筒、微波等。就簡便性之觀點,於使用配置有交叉形狀的滾筒運送薄膜中,使用熱風等進行乾燥之方式為佳。乾燥溫度,就於40~150℃之範圍時,容易進行大幅度的加熱收縮之觀點而為較佳。又以40~120℃為更佳。 Moreover, the heating and drying means is not limited to hot air, for example. For example, infrared rays, a heating roller, a microwave, or the like can be used. From the viewpoint of simplicity, it is preferred to use a hot air or the like for drying the roll transport film in which the cross shape is disposed. When the drying temperature is in the range of 40 to 150 ° C, it is preferable to carry out a large heat shrinkage. It is preferably 40~120 °C.

第2乾燥步驟中,以將殘留溶劑量降至0.5質量%以下之方式,對薄膜進行乾燥者為佳。 In the second drying step, it is preferred to dry the film so that the amount of the residual solvent is reduced to 0.5% by mass or less.

(捲取步驟) (rolling step)

捲取步驟為,將所製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜捲取,並冷卻至室溫之步驟。捲取機可一般所使用者即可,例如,可使用固定張力法(tension method)、固定扭矩法(calibrated wrench method)、錐形張力法(tension method)、使內部應力維持一定的程式張力控制滾軸法等的捲取方法捲取。 The winding step is a step of winding up the obtained polyimide film and cooling it to room temperature. The coiler can be generally used by a user. For example, a tension method, a calibrated wrench method, a tension method, and a program tension control for maintaining internal stress can be used. The winding method such as the roller method is taken up.

聚亞醯胺薄膜之厚度並未有特別之限制,例如,以1~200μm,特別是1~100μm之範圍內為佳。 The thickness of the polyimide film is not particularly limited, and is preferably, for example, in the range of 1 to 200 μm, particularly 1 to 100 μm.

捲取步驟中,於延伸運送時,可對使用拉幅夾具(Tenter clips)等夾住聚亞醯胺薄膜的兩端進行切斷加工(slit processing)。經切斷後的聚亞醯胺薄膜端部,可於寬度1~30mm之範圍內仔細裁切之後,將其溶解於溶劑後,回收再利用者為佳。 In the winding step, at the time of extension conveyance, slit processing may be performed on both ends of the polyimide film sandwiched between Tenter clips or the like. The cut end of the polyimide film can be carefully cut in the range of 1 to 30 mm in width, and then dissolved in a solvent, and it is preferable to recycle it.

上述由溶劑蒸發步驟至捲取步驟為止的各步驟,可於大氣環境下進行亦可、於氮氣體等的惰性氣體的氣體環境下進行亦可。又,各步驟中,特別是乾燥步驟或 延伸步驟,必須先考慮氣體環境中,溶劑產生爆發的臨界濃度後再進行。 The respective steps from the solvent evaporation step to the winding step may be carried out in an atmosphere or in a gas atmosphere of an inert gas such as a nitrogen gas. Again, in each step, especially the drying step or The extension step must first consider the critical concentration of the solvent in the gaseous environment before the explosion occurs.

(加熱步驟) (heating step)

上述捲取步驟後,為使聚合物鏈分子內及聚合物鏈分子間進行醯亞胺化以提高機械性特性等目的,可將上述第2乾燥步驟乾燥後的聚亞醯胺薄膜,再進行熱處理的加熱步驟。 After the winding step, the polyimide film dried in the second drying step can be further subjected to the purpose of imidating the polymer chain and the polymer chain to improve the mechanical properties. Heating step of heat treatment.

又,上述第2乾燥步驟,亦可同時具有加熱步驟。 Further, the second drying step may have a heating step at the same time.

加熱手段,例如,可使用熱風、電熱器、微波等的公知手段。電熱器,例如可上述的紅外線加熱器。 As the heating means, for example, a known means such as hot air, electric heater, microwave or the like can be used. An electric heater such as the above-described infrared heater can be used.

加熱步驟中,因對聚亞醯胺薄膜進行急速加熱時,將會造成增加表面缺陷等的不良狀況,故應以適當選擇加熱方法為佳。又,加熱步驟又以於低氧氣體環境下進行者為佳。 In the heating step, when the polyimide film is rapidly heated, the surface defects and the like are increased, so that the heating method should be appropriately selected. Moreover, the heating step is preferably carried out in a low oxygen atmosphere.

第二乾燥步驟及加熱步驟中,加熱溫度超過450℃時,因加熱所需之能量極大,故會提高製造費用,此外,也會增加對環境之負荷,故該加熱溫度以450℃以下為佳。 In the second drying step and the heating step, when the heating temperature exceeds 450 ° C, the energy required for heating is extremely large, so the manufacturing cost is increased, and the load on the environment is also increased, so the heating temperature is preferably 450 ° C or less. .

又,捲取步驟後,於加熱步驟之前或後,可再進行將聚亞醯胺薄膜由寬度方向端部切斷之步驟,聚亞醯胺薄膜帶靜電時,可進行去除靜電之步驟等。 Further, after the winding step, the step of cutting the polyimide film from the end portion in the width direction may be performed before or after the heating step, and the step of removing static electricity may be performed when the polyimide film is electrostatically charged.

<聚亞醯胺薄膜之形狀> <Shape of polytheneamine film>

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜,以長方形為佳,具體而言,以100~10000m左右範圍內的長度為佳,其可捲取為滾筒狀。又,本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜之寬度以1m以上為佳,更較佳為1.4m以上、特別是以1.4~4m為佳。 The polyimine film of the present invention preferably has a rectangular shape, specifically, a length in the range of about 100 to 10,000 m, which can be wound into a roll shape. Further, the width of the polyimide film of the present invention is preferably 1 m or more, more preferably 1.4 m or more, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 4 m.

<用途> <Use>

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜,可作為影像顯示裝置的透明薄膜使用。特別是適合作為可撓式影像顯示裝置。所適用之裝置,並未有特別之限定,例如,有機電致發光(EL)影像顯示裝置、液晶影像顯示裝置(LCD)、有機光電變換裝置、觸控面板、偏光板、相位差薄膜等。就可更有效率地得到本發明效果之觀點,較佳為使用作為有機電致發光(EL)影像顯示裝置、液晶影像顯示裝置(LCD)等之可撓式電視放映機,及可撓式顯示器用之前面構件。 The polyamidamine film of the present invention can be used as a transparent film of an image display device. In particular, it is suitable as a flexible image display device. The device to be applied is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an organic electroluminescence (EL) image display device, a liquid crystal image display device (LCD), an organic photoelectric conversion device, a touch panel, a polarizing plate, and a retardation film. From the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of the present invention more efficiently, it is preferable to use a flexible television projector as an organic electroluminescence (EL) image display device, a liquid crystal image display device (LCD), or the like, and a flexible display. Front face member.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,將列舉實施例對本發明作具體的說明,但本發明並不受該些實施例所限定。又,實施例中,為使用「份」或「%」之表示方式,於無特別限定下,其係表示「質量份」或「質量%」。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited by the examples. In the examples, the expression "parts" or "%" is used, and unless otherwise specified, "mass parts" or "% by mass" are used.

〔實施例1〕 [Example 1]

實施例所使用之化合物之結構係如以下所列舉之內容。 The structures of the compounds used in the examples are as set forth below.

酸酐A:雙環〔4.2.0〕辛烷-3,4,7,8-四羧酸二酐 Anhydride A: bicyclo[4.2.0]octane-3,4,7,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride

二胺化合物B:2,2’-二甲基聯苯-4,4’-二胺 Diamine compound B: 2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4'-diamine

又,上述化合物之市售品的取得處,係如以下所示。 Moreover, the acquisition of the commercial item of the said compound is as follows.

酸酐1:大金工業股份有限公司 Anhydride 1: Daikin Industries Co., Ltd.

酸酐2:美耐克股份有限公司 Anhydride 2: US Nike Co., Ltd.

酸酐3:DAICEL股份有限公司 Anhydride 3: DAICEL Co., Ltd.

二胺1:大金工業股份有限公司 Diamine 1: Daikin Industries Co., Ltd.

二胺2:三井精密化學股份有限公司 Diamine 2: Mitsui Precision Chemical Co., Ltd.

二胺6:和歌山精化股份有限公司 Diamine 6: Wakayama Jinghua Co., Ltd.

二胺化合物B:昭和化學股份有限公司 Diamine Compound B: Showa Chemical Co., Ltd.

<聚亞醯胺薄膜101A(混合物用聚亞醯胺薄膜)之製作> <Production of Polyimine Film 101A (Polyimine Film for Mixture)> (聚亞醯胺溶液A之製作) (Production of polyamidamine solution A)

於具備有乾燥氮氣體導入管、冷卻器、充滿甲苯的Dean-Stark凝集器、攪拌機的4口燒瓶中,將前述酸酐2(美耐克股份有限公司製)17.87g(57.6mmol)加入於N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(134g)中,於氮氣流、室溫下進行攪拌。 17.87 g (57.6 mmol) of the above-mentioned acid anhydride 2 (manufactured by Minnesota Co., Ltd.) was added to N in a four-necked flask equipped with a dry gas introduction tube, a cooler, a Dean-Stark agitation device filled with toluene, and a stirrer. N-dimethylacetamide (134 g) was stirred under a nitrogen stream at room temperature.

隨後,將前述二胺2(三井精密化學股份有限公司製)11.53g(60mmol)加入其中,於80℃下進行6小時加熱攪拌。隨後,將外溫加熱至190℃,將伴隨醯亞胺化所產生之水,以與甲苯共沸方式餾除。經持續6小時加熱、迴流、攪拌結果,並未再確認出水的產生。隨後於餾除甲苯中,再加熱7小時間,再於餾除甲苯後,投入甲醇中進行再沈澱,形成固形成份乾燥後為8質量%之二氯甲烷溶液,而製得含有聚亞醯胺樹脂A的聚亞醯胺溶液A。 Subsequently, 11.53 g (60 mmol) of the above-mentioned diamine 2 (manufactured by Mitsui Precision Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added thereto, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Subsequently, the external temperature was heated to 190 ° C, and the water produced by the imidization of hydrazine was distilled off in azeotropic manner with toluene. After heating, refluxing, and stirring for 6 hours, the production of water was not confirmed. Subsequently, the toluene was distilled off, heated for further 7 hours, and then toluene was distilled off, and then re-precipitated by adding methanol to form a dimethyl methoxide solution having a solid content of 8% by mass to obtain a polytheneamine. Polyammonium solution A of resin A.

(製作製造破碎品用的主摻雜物) (Making the main dopant for the manufacture of broken products)

製作製造具有下述組成內容的破碎品的主摻雜物。首先,於加壓溶解桶內添加二氯甲烷(沸點40℃)。將攪拌中的上述所製得之聚亞醯胺溶液A及殘留成份投入於加入溶劑的加壓溶解桶中。將其加熱、攪拌,使其完全溶解,再 使用安積濾紙(股)製之安積濾紙No.244將其過濾,而製得製造破碎品所使用的主摻雜物。 A main dopant of a fracture product having the following composition was produced. First, methylene chloride (boiling point 40 ° C) was added to a pressurized dissolution tank. The polyiminamide solution A and the residual components obtained above were placed in a pressurized dissolution vessel to which a solvent was added. Heat and stir it to dissolve it completely, then The main dopant used in the manufacture of the crushed product was obtained by filtering it using an Augmentation filter paper No. 244 made of a filter paper (strand).

(製作破碎品所使用的主摻雜物之組成內容) (The composition of the main dopant used in the production of the broken product)

(延流步驟) (Extension step)

其次,使用無端點傳輸帶延流裝置,使摻雜物均勻地延流於溫度30℃、寬1500mm的不銹鋼傳輸帶支撐體上。將不銹鋼傳輸帶之溫度控制於30℃。 Secondly, the endless belt extension device was used to uniformly spread the dopant on the stainless steel belt support at a temperature of 30 ° C and a width of 1500 mm. The temperature of the stainless steel conveyor belt was controlled at 30 °C.

(剝離步驟) (peeling step)

於不銹鋼傳輸帶支撐體上,使延流(鑄型)的薄膜中的殘留溶劑量將溶劑蒸發至75%,其次以剝離張力180N/m之條件,由不銹鋼傳輸帶支撐體上剝離。 On the stainless steel belt support, the amount of residual solvent in the film of the cast (cast) was evaporated to 75%, and then peeled off from the stainless steel belt support under the conditions of a peeling tension of 180 N/m.

(延伸步驟) (extension step)

將剝離後之薄膜,於施加120℃之熱量方式,使用夾具式拉幅機向寬度方向,以延伸速度100%/min之方式,延伸1.40倍。開始延伸時之殘留溶劑量為8質量%。 The peeled film was stretched by 1.40 times in a width direction of 100%/min using a jig tenter at a heat of 120 ° C. The amount of residual solvent at the start of elongation was 8% by mass.

(乾燥步驟) (drying step)

將延伸後之薄膜,以運送張力100N/m、乾燥時間15分鐘之條件,以乾燥溫度120℃將其乾燥至殘留溶劑量低於0.5質量%為止,而製得乾燥膜厚51μm之聚亞醯胺薄膜。將所製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜捲取,而製得混合物用聚亞醯胺薄膜101A。 The stretched film was dried at a drying temperature of 120 ° C under conditions of a conveying tension of 100 N/m and a drying time of 15 minutes until the residual solvent amount was less than 0.5% by mass to obtain a polythene having a dry film thickness of 51 μm. Amine film. The obtained polyamidamine film was taken up to obtain a polyimide film 101A for the mixture.

<聚亞醯胺薄膜102A~108A及110A(混合用聚亞醯胺薄膜)之製作> <Production of Polyimide Films 102A to 108A and 110A (Polyurethane Film for Mixing)>

於製作上述混合用聚亞醯胺薄膜101A之過程中,除將所使用的酸酐、二胺之種類,及無機微粒子之質量混合比依表2所表示內容變更以外,其他皆依與混合用聚亞醯胺薄膜101A為相同之方法,製得混合用聚亞醯胺薄膜102A~108A及110A。又,於製造混合用聚亞醯胺薄膜101A~108A及110A中,所使用的作為聚亞醯胺薄膜原料之酸酐與二胺為使用表1所記載之化合物,其分別與混合用聚亞醯胺薄膜101A為使用相同的莫耳量。 In the process of producing the above-mentioned mixed polyimide film 101A, the mixing ratio of the type of the acid anhydride, the diamine, and the inorganic fine particles used is changed according to the contents shown in Table 2, and the others are mixed and mixed. In the same manner as the melamine film 101A, the mixed polyimide films 102A to 108A and 110A were obtained. Further, in the production of the polyimide films 101A to 108A and 110A for mixing, the acid anhydride and the diamine used as the raw material of the polyimide film are the compounds described in Table 1, and the polyaluminium is mixed with the polyimide. The amine film 101A uses the same molar amount.

上述各混合用聚亞醯胺薄膜,為製得寬度1900mm、長度8000m之長方形薄膜之形狀。 Each of the above-mentioned polyimine films for mixing has a shape of a rectangular film having a width of 1900 mm and a length of 8000 m.

<滾筒體101A~108A及110A之製作> <Production of the drum bodies 101A to 108A and 110A>

依下述捲取條件,製得上述混合用聚亞醯胺薄膜101A~110A(寬度1900mm、長度8000m)之捲取滾筒體,作為滾筒體101A~108A及110A。 The winding drum body of the above-mentioned mixed polyimide film 101A to 110A (width: 1900 mm, length: 8000 m) was obtained as the drum bodies 101A to 108A and 110A in accordance with the following winding conditions.

(捲取條件) (volume conditions)

觸控滾筒:直徑120mm、長度2600mm Touch roller: diameter 120mm, length 2600mm

觸控滾筒之材質:NBR橡膠(明和橡膠工業股份有限公司製)White-Elecon Material of the touch roller: NBR rubber (made by Minghe Rubber Industry Co., Ltd.) White-Elecon

硬度35度、厚度10mm、CFRP(Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastics)芯 Hardness 35 degrees, thickness 10mm, CFRP (Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastics) core

觸控滾筒之押壓:50N/m Touch pressure of the touch roller: 50N/m

捲取張力:初期張力250N/m錐形90%角25% Winding tension: initial tension 250N/m cone 90% angle 25%

捲取速度:100m/min Coiling speed: 100m/min

捲取軸之直徑:15.24cm The diameter of the take-up shaft: 15.24cm

捲取軸之材質:FRP(Fiber Reinforced Plastics) Material of the take-up shaft: FRP (Fiber Reinforced Plastics)

(破碎品之製作) (production of broken products)

將滾筒體101A~108A及110A由寬度方向之兩端部,採取薄膜,並使用破碎機將其破碎而製得10~30mm大小之碎片,將其分別作為破碎品101A~108A及 110A。 The drum bodies 101A to 108A and 110A are made of a film from both end portions in the width direction, and are crushed by a crusher to obtain pieces of 10 to 30 mm in size, which are respectively used as crushed products 101A to 108A and 110A.

<聚亞醯胺薄膜101之製作> <Production of Polyimine Film 101> (聚亞醯胺溶液A之製作) (Production of polyamidamine solution A)

於具備有乾燥氮氣體導入管、冷卻器、充滿甲苯的Dean-Stark凝集器、攪拌機的4口燒瓶中,將前述酸酐2(美耐克股份有限公司製)17.87g(57.6mmol)加入N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(134g)中,於氮氣流、室溫下進行攪拌。 Into a four-necked flask equipped with a dry nitrogen gas introduction tube, a cooler, a Dean-Stark agitation device filled with toluene, and a stirrer, 17.87 g (57.6 mmol) of the above-mentioned acid anhydride 2 (manufactured by Minaco Co., Ltd.) was added to N, N. To the dimethylacetamide (134 g), the mixture was stirred under a nitrogen stream at room temperature.

於其中,加入前述二胺2(三井精密化學股份有限公司製)11.53g(60mmol),於80℃下加熱攪拌6小時。隨後,將外溫加熱至190℃為止,將伴隨醯亞胺化所生成的水與甲苯同時經由共沸餾除。經持續6小時加熱、迴流、攪拌結果,並未確認出水之產生。隨後於餾除甲苯中,持續加熱7小時。再將甲醇投入餾除甲苯後之溶液中使其再沈澱,形成含有固形成份於乾燥後的8質量%之二氯甲烷溶液,而製得含有聚亞醯胺樹脂A之聚亞醯胺溶液A。 Thereto, 11.53 g (60 mmol) of the above-mentioned diamine 2 (manufactured by Mitsui Precision Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred under heating at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Subsequently, the external temperature was heated to 190 ° C, and the water produced by the imidization of hydrazine was simultaneously subjected to azeotropic distillation with toluene. The result of heating, refluxing, and stirring for 6 hours did not confirm the production of water. Subsequent to the distillation of toluene, heating was continued for 7 hours. Further, methanol is poured into a solution obtained by distilling off toluene to reprecipitate it to form a dimethyl acid solution containing 8 parts by mass of the solid component after drying, thereby preparing a polyamidamine solution A containing polyamidamine resin A. .

(摻雜物之製作) (production of dopants)

製作具有下述組成內容之主摻雜物。首先,於加壓溶解桶中添加二氯甲烷(沸點40℃)。於將上述所製得之聚亞醯胺溶液A及殘留的成份於攪拌中投入加入溶劑的加壓溶解桶中。將其加熱、攪拌,使其完全溶解後,將其使用安積濾紙(股)製之安積濾紙No.244過濾,而製得主摻雜 物。 A main dopant having the following composition was produced. First, methylene chloride (boiling point 40 ° C) was added to a pressurized dissolution tank. The polyiminamide solution A obtained above and the remaining components were placed in a pressurized dissolution tank of the solvent under stirring. After heating, stirring, and completely dissolving, it was filtered using Angstrom filter paper No. 244 made of filter paper (strand) to obtain main doping. Things.

(主摻雜物之組成內容) (composition of the main dopant)

將該主摻雜物作為主摻雜物101。將破碎品101A以混合物質量比為5質量%之方式添加於該主摻雜物101中,再度進行混合溶解。 This main dopant is used as the main dopant 101. The crushed product 101A was added to the main dopant 101 so that the mass ratio of the mixture was 5% by mass, and the mixture was again dissolved and dissolved.

又,混合物質量比中,相對於混合所使用之主摻雜物101中的聚亞醯胺樹脂之質量(X),與混合所使用之破碎品101A中的聚亞醯胺樹脂之質量(Y)的合計,混合所使用之破碎品101A中的聚亞醯胺樹脂的質量(Y)比例為使用質量%所表示者。 Further, in the mass ratio of the mixture, the mass (X) of the polyamidamide resin in the main dopant 101 used for mixing, and the mass of the polyamidamide resin in the crushed product 101A used for mixing (Y) In the total, the mass (Y) ratio of the polyamidamide resin in the crushed product 101A used for mixing is represented by the use % by mass.

(延流步驟) (Extension step)

其次,使用無端點傳輸帶延流裝置,使摻雜物均勻地延流於溫度30℃、寬1500mm之不銹鋼傳輸帶支撐體上。將不銹鋼傳輸帶的溫度控制於30℃。 Secondly, the endless conveyor belt extension device was used to uniformly spread the dopant on the stainless steel conveyor belt support having a temperature of 30 ° C and a width of 1500 mm. The temperature of the stainless steel conveyor belt was controlled at 30 °C.

(剝離步驟) (peeling step)

於不銹鋼傳輸帶支撐體上,將溶劑蒸發至延流(鑄型)的薄膜中的殘留溶劑量達75%,其次使用剝離張力 180N/m,由不銹鋼傳輸帶支撐體上剝離。 On the stainless steel conveyor belt support, the amount of residual solvent in the film that evaporates the solvent to the extended flow (casting) reaches 75%, and secondly, the peeling tension is used. 180 N/m, peeled off from the stainless steel belt support.

(延伸步驟) (extension step)

將剝離之薄膜,使用施加120℃之熱的夾具式拉幅機,依寬度方向、延伸速度100%/min之方式,延伸1.40倍。延伸開始時之殘留溶劑量為8質量%。 The peeled film was stretched 1.40 times in a width direction and an elongation speed of 100%/min using a jig tenter which applied heat of 120 °C. The amount of residual solvent at the start of the elongation was 8% by mass.

(乾燥步驟) (drying step)

將延伸之薄膜,以運送張力100N/m、乾燥時間15分鐘之方式,以乾燥溫度120℃乾燥至殘留溶劑量低於0.5質量%為止,而製得乾燥膜厚51μm之聚亞醯胺薄膜。將所製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜捲取,而製得聚亞醯胺薄膜101。 The stretched film was dried at a drying temperature of 120 ° C to a residual temperature of less than 0.5% by mass under the conditions of a transport tension of 100 N/m and a drying time of 15 minutes to obtain a polyimine film having a dry film thickness of 51 μm. The obtained polyamidamine film was taken up to obtain a polyimide film 101.

<聚亞醯胺薄膜102~110製作> <Production of Polyimine Film 102~110>

除於製作上述聚亞醯胺薄膜101中,將所使用之酸酐、二胺之種類、無機微粒子之質量比例,及混合物質量比例,依表2所表示之內容予以變更以外,其他皆依與混合用聚亞醯胺薄膜101為相同之方法,製得聚亞醯胺薄膜102~110。又,製作聚亞醯胺薄膜101~110中,作為所使用之聚亞醯胺薄膜的原料之酸酐與二胺為使用表1所記載之化合物,其分別使用與聚亞醯胺薄膜101為相同之莫耳量。 In addition to the production of the polyimide film 101 described above, the acid anhydride, the type of the diamine, the mass ratio of the inorganic fine particles, and the mass ratio of the mixture are changed according to the contents shown in Table 2, and the others are mixed. Polyimide film 102 to 110 was obtained by the same method using polymethyleneamine film 101. Further, in the production of the polyimide film 101 to 110, the acid anhydride and the diamine which are the raw materials of the polyimide film to be used are the compounds described in Table 1, and are used in the same manner as the polyimide film 101. The amount of Mo.

上述各聚亞醯胺薄膜為製作為寬度1900mm、長度8000m之長方形薄膜的形狀。 Each of the above polyimine films was formed into a rectangular film having a width of 1900 mm and a length of 8000 m.

<滾筒體101~110之製作> <Production of the drum body 101 to 110>

將上述聚亞醯胺薄膜101~110(寬度1900mm、長度8000m)之捲取滾筒體,依下述捲取條件製得滾筒體101~110。 The above-mentioned polyimide film 101 to 110 (width: 1900 mm, length: 8000 m) was taken up from the drum body, and the drum bodies 101 to 110 were obtained under the following winding conditions.

(捲取條件) (volume conditions)

觸控滾筒:直徑120mm、長度2600mm Touch roller: diameter 120mm, length 2600mm

觸控滾筒之材質:NBR橡膠(明和橡膠工業股份有限公司製)White-Elecon Material of the touch roller: NBR rubber (made by Minghe Rubber Industry Co., Ltd.) White-Elecon

硬度35度、厚度10mm、CFRP(Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastics)芯 Hardness 35 degrees, thickness 10mm, CFRP (Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastics) core

觸控滾筒之壓力:50N/m Touch roller pressure: 50N/m

捲取張力:初期張力250N/m錐形90%角25% Winding tension: initial tension 250N/m cone 90% angle 25%

捲取速度:100m/min Coiling speed: 100m/min

捲取軸之直徑:15.24cm The diameter of the take-up shaft: 15.24cm

捲取軸之材質:FRP(Fiber Reinforced Plastics) Material of the take-up shaft: FRP (Fiber Reinforced Plastics)

(溶解度) (solubility)

將製造聚亞醯胺薄膜所使用之各聚亞醯胺,測定其溶解於60℃之二甲基乙醯胺100g時之溶解上限。 Each of the polyamidoamines used in the production of the polyimide film was measured for the upper limit of dissolution when it was dissolved in 100 g of dimethylacetamide at 60 °C.

(濁度) (turbidity)

濁度(全濁度)為依JIS K 7136為基準,使用濁度計測 器NDH 2000(日本電色工業股份有限公司製)測定各滾筒體之聚亞醯胺薄膜,並依以下基準進行評估。濁度計測器之光源,為使用5V9W之鹵素球,其受光部為使用矽光電池(附有比視感度過濾器)。濁度之測定,為於23℃‧55%RH之條件下進行。 Turbidity (full turbidity) is based on JIS K 7136 and is measured using a turbidity meter. The NDH 2000 (manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.) was used to measure the polyimide film of each of the roller bodies, and was evaluated according to the following criteria. The light source of the turbidity meter is a halogen ball using 5V9W, and the light receiving portion is a fluorescent battery (with a specific sensitivity filter). The measurement of turbidity was carried out under the conditions of 23 ° C ‧ 55% RH.

(面方向的濁度值之偏差(標準偏差)) (deviation of the turbidity value in the plane direction (standard deviation))

使用寬1900mm之各滾筒體的聚亞醯胺薄膜。依滾筒體向寬度方向以每10mm間隔、5點之方式,進行上述濁度值之測定。該測定為使用3根滾筒體進行,合計為對285點進行濁度之測定。 A polyimide film having a width of 1900 mm was used. The measurement of the haze value was carried out at intervals of 10 mm per 10 mm in the width direction of the drum body. This measurement was performed using three drum bodies, and the total was measured for turbidity at 285 points.

計算285點之濁度值的標準偏差,測定面方向的濁度值之偏差(標準偏差)。測定標準偏差之後,依下述評估基準評估其偏差。 The standard deviation of the turbidity value of 285 points was calculated, and the deviation (standard deviation) of the turbidity value in the plane direction was measured. After the standard deviation is determined, the deviation is evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.

◎:面方向之濁度值的標準偏差未達0.3 ◎: The standard deviation of the turbidity value in the plane direction is less than 0.3.

○:面方向之濁度值的標準偏差為0.3以上、未達0.6 ○: The standard deviation of the turbidity value in the plane direction is 0.3 or more and less than 0.6.

×:面方向之濁度值的標準偏差為0.6以上 ×: The standard deviation of the turbidity value in the plane direction is 0.6 or more

(運送性) (transportability)

對各滾筒體之聚亞醯胺薄膜,依下述方式評估其運送性。 The transport properties of the polyimide film of each of the drum bodies were evaluated in the following manner.

於依重複輸出張力100N/m、捲取張力150N/m進行運送之際,評估於滾筒中,與薄膜相接之面 (鏡面)之寬2m中,於運送滾筒間之50cm的位置,評估10分鐘間的蛇行量。 When it is transported at a repetitive output tension of 100 N/m and a take-up tension of 150 N/m, it is evaluated in the drum and is in contact with the film. In the width of 2 m (mirror surface), the amount of snakes in 10 minutes was evaluated at a position of 50 cm between the transport rollers.

◎:蛇行量為3mm以下(合格) ◎: The amount of snakes is less than 3mm (qualified)

○:蛇行量高於3mm、蛇行量為5mm以下(合格) ○: The amount of snakes is more than 3mm, and the amount of snakes is less than 5mm (qualified)

×:蛇行量高於5mm(不合格) ×: The amount of snakes is higher than 5mm (failed)

各聚亞醯胺薄膜之組成內容,及運送性與濁度值之面方向的偏差(標準偏差)評估結果係如表2所示。 The composition of each polyamine film and the deviation (standard deviation) of the transport direction from the surface direction of the turbidity value are shown in Table 2.

如表2所示般,得知本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜為具有良好的運送性、濁度值之面方向的偏差(標準偏差)較小的聚亞醯胺薄膜。 As shown in Table 2, it was found that the polyimine film of the present invention is a polyimide film having a small deviation (standard deviation) in the plane direction of good transportability and haze value.

〔實施例2〕 [Example 2]

對實施例1之聚亞醯胺薄膜101及聚亞醯胺薄膜109,依以下所示方式評估其耐撓曲性。 The flexurity of the polyimide film 101 and the polyimide film 109 of Example 1 was evaluated in the following manner.

(耐撓曲性) (flexibility)

依JIS C5016規定之撓曲疲勞試驗機對所製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜進行耐撓曲性試驗(摺動撓曲試驗)。又,於撓曲半徑為2.5mm、撓曲速度為2000次/min、撓曲行程25mm之條件,由撓曲時的配線形成面作為外側,向相同方向進行重複撓曲,並求取設置於撓曲方向的外側之配線至斷線為止的撓曲次數(耐撓曲次數)。 The flexural fatigue test (foil deflection test) of the obtained polyimide film was carried out in accordance with a flex fatigue tester prescribed in JIS C5016. In addition, under the condition that the deflection radius is 2.5 mm, the deflection speed is 2000 times/min, and the deflection stroke is 25 mm, the wiring forming surface at the time of deflection is the outer side, and is repeatedly bent in the same direction, and is set in the same direction. The number of deflections (the number of flexing resistances) from the outer side of the deflection direction to the broken line.

◎:5000次以上 ◎: 5000 times or more

○:1000次以上、未達5000次 ○: 1000 times or more, less than 5,000 times

×:未達1000次 ×: less than 1000 times

耐撓曲性評估結果係如表3所示。 The results of the flexural resistance evaluation are shown in Table 3.

如表3所示般,得知本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜可改善耐撓曲性。 As shown in Table 3, it was found that the polyimide film of the present invention can improve the flex resistance.

〔實施例3〕 [Example 3]

依實施例1之聚亞醯胺薄膜101的製作方式製作主摻雜物過程中,除使用下述混合用摻雜物301A替代破碎品101A,並依表4所示之混合物質量比進行添加以外,其他皆依聚亞醯胺薄膜101相同方法製得聚亞醯胺薄膜301。 In the process of producing the main dopant according to the method for producing the polyimide film 101 of Example 1, the following mixed dopant 301A was used instead of the crushed product 101A, and the mixture was added in accordance with the mass ratio of the mixture shown in Table 4. The polyimide film 301 was obtained by the same method as the polyamidamide film 101.

(混合用摻雜物301A之製造) (Manufacture of dopant dopant 301A) (聚亞醯胺溶液301A之製作) (Production of polyamine reaction solution 301A)

於具備有乾燥氮氣體導入管、冷卻器、充滿甲苯的Dean-Stark凝集器、攪拌機的4口燒瓶中,將前述酸酐2(美耐克股份有限公司製)17.87g(57.6mmol)加入N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(134g),並於氮氣流、室溫下進行攪拌。 Into a four-necked flask equipped with a dry nitrogen gas introduction tube, a cooler, a Dean-Stark agitation device filled with toluene, and a stirrer, 17.87 g (57.6 mmol) of the above-mentioned acid anhydride 2 (manufactured by Minaco Co., Ltd.) was added to N, N. - Dimethylacetamide (134 g), and stirred under a nitrogen stream at room temperature.

將前述二胺2(三井精密化學股份有限公司製)11.53g(60mmol)加入其中,於80℃下進行6小時加熱攪拌。隨後,持續加熱至外溫達190℃為止,將伴隨醯亞胺化所產生的水經由與甲苯共沸方式而餾除。於持續6小時加熱、迴流、攪拌結果,確認不再有水的產生。於持續餾除甲苯中,加熱7小時,再於餾除甲苯後,將甲醇投入使其再沈澱,形成含有固形成份於乾燥後為8質量%的二氯甲烷溶液,而製得含有聚亞醯胺樹脂A的聚亞醯胺溶液A。 11.53 g (60 mmol) of the above-mentioned diamine 2 (manufactured by Mitsui Precision Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added thereto, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Subsequently, heating was continued until the external temperature reached 190 ° C, and water produced by the imidization of hydrazine was distilled off by azeotropy with toluene. After heating, refluxing, and stirring for 6 hours, it was confirmed that no water was generated. After continuously distilling off the toluene, heating for 7 hours, and then distilling off the toluene, the methanol was put into a reprecipitation to form a methylene chloride solution containing the solid component in an amount of 8 mass% after drying, thereby preparing a polyaluminum containing polyfluorene. A polyamidamine solution A of the amine resin A.

(混合用摻雜物301A之製作) (Production of dopant dopant 301A)

製造具有下述組成內容的主摻雜物。首先,將二氯甲烷(沸點40℃)添加於加壓溶解桶中。將上述所製得之聚亞醯胺溶液A及殘留的成份於攪拌中投入加入溶劑的加壓溶解桶中。將其加熱、攪拌,使其完全溶解,將其使用安積濾紙(股)製之安積濾紙No.244過濾,而製得主摻雜物。 A main dopant having the following composition was fabricated. First, dichloromethane (boiling point 40 ° C) was added to a pressurized dissolution tank. The polyiminamide solution A obtained above and the remaining components were put into a pressurized dissolution tank of a solvent under stirring. This was heated, stirred, and completely dissolved, and filtered using an filter paper No. 244 made of a filter paper (strand) to prepare a main dopant.

(混合用摻雜物301A之組成內容) (Composition of the doping 301A for mixing)

將依此方式製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜301,與實施例1所製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜101及聚亞醯胺薄膜109,依與實施例1相同之方式,評估其運送性及數值之面方向的偏差(標準偏差)。 The polyimide film 301 obtained in this manner, and the polyimide film 101 and the polyimide film 109 prepared in Example 1, were evaluated for transportability in the same manner as in Example 1. Deviation in the direction of the numerical direction (standard deviation).

其結果係如表4所示。 The results are shown in Table 4.

得知即使使用表4所示之混合用摻雜物,亦可達成本發明之效果。 It was found that the effects of the present invention can be attained even if the mixing dopant shown in Table 4 is used.

又,得知使用破碎品的聚亞醯胺薄膜之例,顯示出更大之效果。 Further, it has been found that the use of a polyimide film of a broken product shows a greater effect.

〔實施例4〕 [Example 4]

除使用表5所示之無機微粒子(日本AEROSIL(股)製)之種類,替代實施例1之製造聚亞醯胺薄膜101所使用的無機微粒子(AEROSIL R972V、日本AEROSIL(股)製)之變更以外,其他皆依與聚亞醯胺薄膜101相同方法,與實施例1相同般製得聚亞醯胺薄膜401~405。 In addition to the use of the inorganic fine particles (manufactured by Japan AEROSIL Co., Ltd.) shown in Table 5, the inorganic fine particles (AEROSIL R972V, manufactured by Japan AEROSIL Co., Ltd.) used in the production of the polyimide film 101 of Example 1 were replaced. Polyimide films 401 to 405 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polyimide film 101 was used in the same manner as in the case of the polyimide film 101.

聚亞醯胺薄膜101及聚亞醯胺薄膜401~405,皆依與實施例1相同方法,測定運送性及面方法的濁度值之偏差(標準偏差)。 In the same manner as in Example 1, the polyimide film 101 and the polyimide film 401 to 405 were measured for the deviation (standard deviation) of the turbidity value of the transport property and the surface method.

其結果係如表5所示。 The results are shown in Table 5.

如表5所示般,得知經修飾的無機微粒子例,更能提高本發明之效果。又,無機微粒子的一次粒子之平均粒徑越小者,更能提高本發明之效果。 As shown in Table 5, the modified inorganic fine particles were found to improve the effects of the present invention. Further, the smaller the average particle diameter of the primary particles of the inorganic fine particles, the more the effect of the present invention can be enhanced.

[產業上之利用性] [Industrial use]

本發明之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,因可提供一種具有良好的運送性、薄膜的面方向之濁度值具有較低偏差的聚亞醯胺薄膜,故該聚亞醯胺薄膜,適合使用於小型至大型的可撓式顯示器用構件。 The method for producing a polyamidamine film of the present invention is suitable for a polyimide film having good transportability and a low variation in turbidity value in the surface direction of the film, so that the polyimide film is suitable for use. Used for small to large components for flexible displays.

Claims (5)

一種聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其為一含有於60℃中,相對於二甲基乙醯胺100g或γ-丁內酯100g為溶解1g以上的聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子的聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其特徵為,包含準備一含有前述聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的混合物之步驟、製造含有前述混合物與前述聚亞醯胺與溶劑的摻雜物之步驟、使前述摻雜物延流於支撐體上而形成膜之步驟、將前述膜由支撐體剝離之步驟,及,將剝離後之膜進行乾燥之乾燥步驟。 The invention relates to a method for producing a polyamidamine film, which comprises a poly-imine and an inorganic fine particle which dissolves 1 g or more with respect to 100 g of dimethylacetamide or 100 g of γ-butyrolactone at 60 ° C. A method for producing a guanamine film, comprising the steps of: preparing a mixture containing the polyimine and the inorganic fine particles, and preparing a dopant containing the mixture and the polyamine and a solvent; a step of forming a film by stretching the dopant on the support, a step of peeling the film from the support, and a drying step of drying the peeled film. 如請求項1之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其中,前述混合物為,將含有前述聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子的聚亞醯胺薄膜予以破碎而得之破碎品。 The method for producing a polyimine film according to claim 1, wherein the mixture is a crushed product obtained by crushing a polyimine film containing the polyimine and the inorganic fine particles. 如請求項1之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其中,前述混合物為,含有前述聚亞醯胺與前述無機微粒子與溶劑之摻雜物。 The method for producing a polyimide film according to claim 1, wherein the mixture is a dopant containing the polyimine and the inorganic fine particles and a solvent. 如請求項1~3中任一項之聚亞醯胺薄膜之製造方法,其中,前述混合物相對於所製得之聚亞醯胺薄膜,為含有10~70質量%之質量比例。 The method for producing a polyimide film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the mixture contains a mass ratio of 10 to 70% by mass based on the obtained polyimide film. 一種聚亞醯胺薄膜,其特徵為,含有於60℃中,相對於二甲基乙醯胺100g或γ-丁基內酯100g中為溶解1g以上的聚亞醯胺與無機微粒子,且 濁度值之面方向的標準偏差為1以下者。 A polyimide film characterized by dissolving 1 g or more of polymethyleneamine and inorganic fine particles in 100 g of dimethylacetamide or 100 g of γ-butyl lactone at 60 ° C, and The standard deviation of the surface direction of the turbidity value is 1 or less.
TW106107591A 2016-03-25 2017-03-08 Polyimide film and process for producing same TW201741370A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016061066 2016-03-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201741370A true TW201741370A (en) 2017-12-01

Family

ID=59901189

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106107591A TW201741370A (en) 2016-03-25 2017-03-08 Polyimide film and process for producing same

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6874759B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20210094129A (en)
CN (1) CN108884245B (en)
TW (1) TW201741370A (en)
WO (1) WO2017163698A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110152897A (en) * 2019-06-15 2019-08-23 江苏赛德力制药机械制造有限公司 A kind of centrifuge structure and its control method of intelligent control material centrifugation time
CN111113754B (en) * 2019-11-22 2020-12-04 桂林电器科学研究院有限公司 Method for improving edge strength of polyamide acid film
CN112898566B (en) * 2019-12-04 2022-07-15 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Branched polymer and preparation method and application thereof
WO2022009972A1 (en) * 2020-07-09 2022-01-13 株式会社カネカ Production method for graphite sheet, and polyimide film for graphite sheet
CN115584023A (en) * 2021-12-13 2023-01-10 中国科学院福建物质结构研究所 Application of benzocarbazole modified polyimide material as gas separation membrane
KR20230134903A (en) * 2022-03-15 2023-09-22 주식회사 엘지화학 Polymer resin composition, method of preparing polymer film, polymer film, substrate for display device, and optical device using the same
WO2024085488A1 (en) * 2022-10-20 2024-04-25 (주)후성 Method for purifying 6fda with high purity

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI296569B (en) * 2003-08-27 2008-05-11 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Polyimide metal laminated matter
JP2005068347A (en) * 2003-08-27 2005-03-17 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Polyimide composition, method for producing the same and use thereof
JP4367622B2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2009-11-18 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Method for producing polyimide / inorganic composite material
JP2006035600A (en) * 2004-07-26 2006-02-09 Jsr Corp Method for producing film
TWI370833B (en) * 2006-12-29 2012-08-21 Ind Tech Res Inst Composition with high transparency, high thermal-resistant, and low coefficient of thermal expansion, and flexible transparent film and optoelectronic device employing the same
CN101550240A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-07 宇部兴产株式会社 Polyimide film, method for production thereof, polyimide-metal laminated product, and circuit board
JP5728681B2 (en) * 2011-02-14 2015-06-03 地方独立行政法人大阪府立産業技術総合研究所 Nanocarbon-dispersed polyimide solution and composite material produced using the same
JP6010533B2 (en) * 2011-06-13 2016-10-19 株式会社カネカ Polyamide acid, polyimide, polyamide acid solution, polyimide solution, polyimide film obtained from these solutions, and use of polyimide film
JP6082390B2 (en) * 2012-05-14 2017-02-15 国立大学法人岩手大学 Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film, polyimide metal laminate and polyimide solution
KR101535343B1 (en) * 2012-06-29 2015-07-09 코오롱인더스트리 주식회사 Polyimide and Polyimide Film Comprising the Same
JP6230308B2 (en) 2013-07-16 2017-11-15 ソマール株式会社 Transparent polyimide copolymer, polyimide resin composition and molded body, and method for producing the copolymer
JP2016075894A (en) * 2014-10-02 2016-05-12 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Optical film, production method of the same, flexible printed circuit board, and led illumination

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20210094129A (en) 2021-07-28
JPWO2017163698A1 (en) 2019-01-31
CN108884245A (en) 2018-11-23
CN108884245B (en) 2021-10-29
KR20180104093A (en) 2018-09-19
JP6874759B2 (en) 2021-05-19
WO2017163698A1 (en) 2017-09-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI637015B (en) Optical film manufacturing method
TW201741370A (en) Polyimide film and process for producing same
TWI636077B (en) Polyimine film and method of producing the same
JP6747023B2 (en) Optical film manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus
WO2017169651A1 (en) Display device surface member and manufacturing method therefor
WO2017099041A1 (en) Polyimide film, flexible printed board, led lighting device etc.
JP6834440B2 (en) Polyimide film and display device using the film
TWI644776B (en) Optical film manufacturing method
JP2017185743A (en) Manufacturing method and manufacturing device of polyimide film
WO2017057247A1 (en) Polyimide film, flexible printed board, substrate for led lighting and front plate for flexible display
JP6772519B2 (en) Polyimide film, its manufacturing method, transparent conductive film and touch panel
JP2017186466A (en) Polyimide film, manufacturing method therefor, and organic electroluminescent display device
CN109843534B (en) Method for manufacturing optical film
JP6862956B2 (en) Transparent polyimide film for flexible display front plate and its manufacturing method, and organic electroluminescence display
JP2017187562A (en) Method of manufacturing optical film, and manufacturing apparatus
CN109843533B (en) Method for manufacturing optical film